Cisco Systems OL-7396-01 manuel d'utilisation
- Voir en ligne ou télécharger le manuel d’utilisation
- 934 pages
- 11.02 mb
Aller à la page of
Les manuels d’utilisation similaires
-
Network Router
Cisco Systems AIRCAP1602IAK9
38 pages 1.31 mb -
Network Router
Cisco Systems RV215W
152 pages 1.18 mb -
Network Router
Cisco Systems IP/VC 3544
50 pages 5.04 mb -
Network Router
Cisco Systems 1604
22 pages 0.29 mb -
Network Router
Cisco Systems AIRSAP1602IAK95
38 pages 1.31 mb -
Network Router
Cisco Systems VG224
24 pages 1.85 mb -
Network Router
Cisco Systems C897VAK9
16 pages 0.51 mb -
Network Router
Cisco Systems 3700
12 pages 0.67 mb
Un bon manuel d’utilisation
Les règles imposent au revendeur l'obligation de fournir à l'acheteur, avec des marchandises, le manuel d’utilisation Cisco Systems OL-7396-01. Le manque du manuel d’utilisation ou les informations incorrectes fournies au consommateur sont à la base d'une plainte pour non-conformité du dispositif avec le contrat. Conformément à la loi, l’inclusion du manuel d’utilisation sous une forme autre que le papier est autorisée, ce qui est souvent utilisé récemment, en incluant la forme graphique ou électronique du manuel Cisco Systems OL-7396-01 ou les vidéos d'instruction pour les utilisateurs. La condition est son caractère lisible et compréhensible.
Qu'est ce que le manuel d’utilisation?
Le mot vient du latin "Instructio", à savoir organiser. Ainsi, le manuel d’utilisation Cisco Systems OL-7396-01 décrit les étapes de la procédure. Le but du manuel d’utilisation est d’instruire, de faciliter le démarrage, l'utilisation de l'équipement ou l'exécution des actions spécifiques. Le manuel d’utilisation est une collection d'informations sur l'objet/service, une indice.
Malheureusement, peu d'utilisateurs prennent le temps de lire le manuel d’utilisation, et un bon manuel permet non seulement d’apprendre à connaître un certain nombre de fonctionnalités supplémentaires du dispositif acheté, mais aussi éviter la majorité des défaillances.
Donc, ce qui devrait contenir le manuel parfait?
Tout d'abord, le manuel d’utilisation Cisco Systems OL-7396-01 devrait contenir:
- informations sur les caractéristiques techniques du dispositif Cisco Systems OL-7396-01
- nom du fabricant et année de fabrication Cisco Systems OL-7396-01
- instructions d'utilisation, de réglage et d’entretien de l'équipement Cisco Systems OL-7396-01
- signes de sécurité et attestations confirmant la conformité avec les normes pertinentes
Pourquoi nous ne lisons pas les manuels d’utilisation?
Habituellement, cela est dû au manque de temps et de certitude quant à la fonctionnalité spécifique de l'équipement acheté. Malheureusement, la connexion et le démarrage Cisco Systems OL-7396-01 ne suffisent pas. Le manuel d’utilisation contient un certain nombre de lignes directrices concernant les fonctionnalités spécifiques, la sécurité, les méthodes d'entretien (même les moyens qui doivent être utilisés), les défauts possibles Cisco Systems OL-7396-01 et les moyens de résoudre des problèmes communs lors de l'utilisation. Enfin, le manuel contient les coordonnées du service Cisco Systems en l'absence de l'efficacité des solutions proposées. Actuellement, les manuels d’utilisation sous la forme d'animations intéressantes et de vidéos pédagogiques qui sont meilleurs que la brochure, sont très populaires. Ce type de manuel permet à l'utilisateur de voir toute la vidéo d'instruction sans sauter les spécifications et les descriptions techniques compliquées Cisco Systems OL-7396-01, comme c’est le cas pour la version papier.
Pourquoi lire le manuel d’utilisation?
Tout d'abord, il contient la réponse sur la structure, les possibilités du dispositif Cisco Systems OL-7396-01, l'utilisation de divers accessoires et une gamme d'informations pour profiter pleinement de toutes les fonctionnalités et commodités.
Après un achat réussi de l’équipement/dispositif, prenez un moment pour vous familiariser avec toutes les parties du manuel d'utilisation Cisco Systems OL-7396-01. À l'heure actuelle, ils sont soigneusement préparés et traduits pour qu'ils soient non seulement compréhensibles pour les utilisateurs, mais pour qu’ils remplissent leur fonction de base de l'information et d’aide.
Table des matières du manuel d’utilisation
-
Page 1
Corporate He adquarters Cisc o Syst ems , Inc . 170 West Ta sman Drive San Jos e, CA 95 134-1706 USA http://www.ci sco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553- NETS (638 7) Fax: 408 526-4100 A T M Sw i t ch R o u t e r So ftw a r e Configuration Guide Fo r t h e C a t a l y s t 8 5 4 0 M S R , C a t a l y s t 8 5 10 M S R , a n d L i g h t S t r e a m 1010 C[...]
-
Page 2
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING TH E PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJE CT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NO TICE. ALL STATEMENT S, INFORMATI ON, AND RECOMMENDA TIONS IN T HIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BU T ARE PRESEN TED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRE SS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TA KE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR AP PLICATION OF ANY PR[...]
-
Page 3
iii ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 CONTENTS Preface xx xi Audienc e xxxi New and Chang ed Informa tion xxxi Organi zation xx xii Relat ed D ocum ent atio n xxxiii Document Convent ions xxxiv Obtain ing Docu mentati on xxxv Cisco. com xxxv Orderi ng Documenta tion xxxvi Document ation F eedback xx xvi Obtain ing Tec hnical[...]
-
Page 4
Cont ent s iv ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Layer 3 Fe ature s 1-10 CHAPTER 2 Unders tanding the User Interf ace 2-1 User I nterfa ce Overv iew 2-1 Acce ssin g Eac h Comm an d Mode 2-2 EXEC Mode 2-5 Privil eged EX EC M ode 2-6 ROM Mon itor Mode 2-6 Global Confi gurat ion Mode 2-6 Interf ace Conf igur atio n Mo de 2-7 Int[...]
-
Page 5
Content s v ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Config urin g the ATM Addres s 3-5 Manua lly Sett ing the A TM Addres s 3-6 Modi fyin g the Phy sica l Laye r Con figu ratio n of an AT M Inte rfac e 3-6 Config urin g the IP Interfa ce 3-7 Config urin g IP Address and Subne t Mask Bits 3-8 Displa ying the I P Address 3-8 Testin [...]
-
Page 6
Cont ent s vi ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Confir ming th e ATM Connecti ons 3-29 Confir ming th e ATM Interf ace Conf igurat ion 3-30 Confir ming th e Inte rface Sta tus 3-30 Confir ming Vi rtual Cha nnel Conne ctio ns 3-31 Confir ming th e Running Co nfig uration 3-32 Confir ming th e Saved Conf igura tion 3-33 CHAPTE[...]
-
Page 7
Content s vii ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Config uring RADI US Server Commu nicati on 4-18 Config urin g Secure Shel l 4-19 Displa ying and Di sconne cting SSH 4-22 Testin g the Sys tem Manage ment Funct ions 4-2 3 Displa ying Acti ve Pro cesses 4-23 Displa ying Prot ocol s 4-23 Displa ying Stac ks 4-23 Displa ying Rou[...]
-
Page 8
Cont ent s viii ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Config urin g NNI Inter faces 6-4 Displa ying t he NNI Inter face Conf igur ation 6-4 Config urin g a 12-Bit VP I NNI Inter face (Cat alyst 85 40 MSR) 6-5 Displa ying the 12 -Bit VPI NNI Inte rface Con figur ation ( Catalys t 8540 MSR) 6-6 Config urin g IISP Int erfa ces 6-7 [...]
-
Page 9
Content s ix ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Config urin g a Soft PVP wit h Prio rity 7-35 Config urin g a Soft PVC wit h Priori ty for a CES Ci rcuit 7-35 Config urin g a Soft PVC wit h Priori ty for Fra me Relay Connecti ons 7-35 Config urin g Two-Ended Soft PVC and Sof t PVP Con nection s 7-38 Config urin g Two-Ended So[...]
-
Page 10
Cont ent s x ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Displa ying the Sh aped VP Tu nnel Conf igurati on 7-83 Config urin g a Hierarc hical VP Tu nnel f or Multip le Servic e Categ ories 7-83 Enabli ng Hi erarch ical Mod e 7-84 Displa ying the Hi erarchi cal VP Tunn el Conf igurat ion 7-85 Config urin g an End-Poi nt PVC to a PVP T[...]
-
Page 11
Content s xi ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Config urin g OAM for the E ntire Switch (Cataly st 8510 MSR and Ligh tStream 1010) 8-3 Config urin g the Inter face -Level OAM 8-4 Checki ng the ATM Connec tion (Catalyst 85 40 MSR) 8-5 Checki ng the ATM Con nection (Cataly st 8510 MSR and Li ghtStre am 1010) 8-5 Displa ying th[...]
-
Page 12
Cont ent s xii ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Displa ying the Ou tput Th reshold Maximum Confi guratio n (Cat alyst 851 0 MSR and Ligh tSt ream 101 0) 9-20 Config urin g Inte rface Output Paci ng 9-21 Displa ying the Ou tput Pa cing Conf igurati on 9-22 Config urin g Control led Link Sharin g 9-22 Displa ying the Co ntrol[...]
-
Page 13
Content s xiii ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Config urin g ATM Address Gro ups 10-8 Displa ying ATM Add ress Group Configur ation 10-9 CHAPTER 11 Configur ing ATM Routing and PNNI 11-1 Overvi ew 11-1 ATM Address es 11-2 IISP C onf igurat ion 11-2 Config urin g the Routi ng Mode 11-2 Displa ying the AT M Routing Mode Co n[...]
-
Page 14
Cont ent s xiv ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Config urin g Transit Restr iction 11-41 Confi guri ng R edi stri buti on 11-42 Config urin g Aggregat ion Tok en 11-4 3 Config urin g Aggregat ion Mode 11 -45 Config urin g Signifi cant Chan ge Thre sholds 11-46 Config urin g the Complex Node Represe ntat ion for LGNs 11-48 T[...]
-
Page 15
Content s xv ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Example s of Conf igurin g Extended IP Acces s Lists 12-12 Config urin g Per-I nterfa ce Ad dress R egistra tion with Optional Access Filt ers 12-13 Displ aying the ILMI A cce ss Filt er C onfig ura tion 12-14 CHAPTER 13 Configur ing IP ove r ATM 13-1 Config urin g Classic al IP[...]
-
Page 16
Cont ent s xvi ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Setti ng Up the Serve r, BUS, and a Client on a Subinter face 14-1 2 Setti ng Up a Client on a Subinte rface 14-12 Config uring a LAN Emul ation Cl ient on t he ATM Switch Rout er 14-13 Config urin g an Etherne t LANE Cl ient 14-14 Config urin g Fault-T olerant Operati on 14-1[...]
-
Page 17
Content s xvii ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Displ ayin g SN MP S erve r ATM Acc oun ting Conf igur atio n 15-11 Using TFTP to Cop y the ATM Acco unti ng Fil e 15-1 2 Config urin g Remote Loggi ng of ATM Acc ounting Record s 15-13 Displa ying the Re mote Log ging Confi gurati on 15-13 Config uring ATM RMON 15-1 4 RMO N O[...]
-
Page 18
Cont ent s xviii ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Displa ying the TD P Contr ol Channel s 16-9 Config urin g Tag Swit ching on VP Tu nnels 16-9 Displa ying the VP Tunnel Configur ation 16-11 Connect ing th e VP Tunnels 16-1 1 Displa ying the VP Tunnel Configur ation 16-12 Config urin g VC Merge 16-12 Displa ying the VC Merg[...]
-
Page 19
Content s xix ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Displa ying the I nterfac e Signa lling IE Fo rwarding Confi guratio n 17-2 Config uring ATM SVC Fr ame Discar d 17-3 Displa ying the AT M Frame Disc ard Configur ation 17-4 Config urin g E.164 Addr esses 17 -4 E.16 4 Con ver sion Met hod s 17-5 Config urin g E.164 Gate way 17-[...]
-
Page 20
Cont ent s xx ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Manual 622 -Mbps Inte rfac e Configur ation 18-8 Config urin g OC-12c SM and MM I nterfac es (Catal yst 85 40 MSR) 18-9 OC-12 c Interf ace Confi gurati on (Catal yst 854 0 MSR) 18-9 Defaul t OC-12c ATM Interface Co nfig uration without Aut oconfig uratio n (Cata lyst 8540 MSR) [...]
-
Page 21
Content s xxi ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Overvi ew of Struct ured Circ uit Emu lation S ervices 19 -18 Config urin g Network C locking for Struc tured CES 19-19 Config urin g a Hard PVC for Structur ed CES 19-19 Verify ing a Ha rd P VC for St ruct ure d CES 19-22 Config urin g a Hard PVC for Structur ed CES with a Sha[...]
-
Page 22
Cont ent s xxii ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Config urin g SGCP Re quest Handli ng 19-60 Config urin g Call-Ag ent Addres s 19-60 Shutti ng Down SGCP 19-61 Config urin g Explici t Paths on CES VCs 19-61 Config urin g CES VC Expli cit Path s 19-62 Displa ying CES VC Exp licit Path Con figurat ion 19-6 3 Config urin g Poi[...]
-
Page 23
Content s xxiii ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Confi guri ng F rame Re lay to ATM Inte rwor king Fu ncti ons 20-9 Enabl ing Fr ame Relay En cap sulat ion on an Inte rface 20-9 Displa ying F rame Relay En capsula tion 20 -10 Config urin g Frame Relay Serial I nterfac e Type 20-1 0 Displ ayin g Fr ame Rela y Inte rfa ce C o[...]
-
Page 24
Cont ent s xxiv ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Config urin g Frame Relay to ATM Servi ce Inter working Soft PVCs 20-37 Displa y Frame Re lay Inte rworking Soft PVC s 20-39 Modifyi ng CTTR Inde xes on an Existing Fr ame Rela y Soft PVC 20-3 9 Standar d Sign alling for Frame Relay Soft PVCs 20-40 Config urin g the Soft PVC [...]
-
Page 25
Content s xxv ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Confi gur ing IMA Gr oup Fram e Le ngt h 21-1 6 Displa ying the I MA Group Frame Le ngth Con figura tion 21-17 Config urin g IMA Group Test Patte rn 21-17 Displa ying the I MA Group Tes t Patter n Configur ation 21-18 CHAPTER 22 Configur ing Qual ity of Servi ce 22-1 Abou t Qua[...]
-
Page 26
Cont ent s xxvi ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Config urin g Buffer- Groups 22-2 1 Attachi ng a Ser vice Poli cy to an Interf ace 22-21 TCAM Regi on for IP Qo S 22-22 Verify ing the IP QoS Co nfigur atio n 22 -22 CHAPTER 23 Configur ing the ATM Traff ic-Shapin g Carrie r Module 23-1 Abou t th e AT M Tr affi c-Sh api ng C [...]
-
Page 27
Content s xxvii ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Cataly st 8 540 MSR AT M Rout er Modul e Softwa re Rest ricti ons 25-7 Cataly st 8 510 MSR AT M Rout er Modul e Softwa re Rest ricti ons 25-8 Config urin g ATM Router Modul e Inter faces 25-9 Defaul t ATM Router Mo dule Int erface Co nfigura tion With out Autoco nfigura tion [...]
-
Page 28
Cont ent s xxvii i ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Config ure and Apply the In put Poli cy Map 25-38 Displa ying the I nput Map Po licy 25-40 Config ure Per -Hop Behav ior and O utput Pro cessing 25-40 Config urin g Output Queu es Based on BA Cl assifi ers 25-40 Displa ying the BA Cl assifi er Confi gurat ion 25-41 Config [...]
-
Page 29
Content s xxix ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Switc h T3 Initi al Con fig uratio n A-3 Switc h T4 Initi al Con fig uratio n A-4 Switc h T5 Initi al Con fig uratio n A-4 Config urin g Second Leve l of PNNI Hie rarch y on Switche s T3 and T4 A-4 Config urin g the Link Be tween Switc h T3 and Switch T4 for PNNI A-6 Verif yin[...]
-
Page 30
Cont ent s xxx ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01[...]
-
Page 31
xxxi ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Preface This pref ace descr ibes t he aud ience, o rg ani zation, and con ven tions for the A TM Switc h Router Softwar e Config uration Guid e , and provides i nform ation o n how to obta in re lated d ocument ation. Audience This pu blicat ion is intende d fo r experienc ed n etwork a[...]
-
Page 32
xxxii ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Organizati on Organization The major sections o f this guide a re as foll ow s: Chapter T itle Description Chap te r 1 Product Overview Prov ides an ov erv iew of th e A TM swi tch r outer feature s and func tions. Chap te r 2 Under stand ing the U ser Inte rface Descr ibes how to acce[...]
-
Page 33
xxxii i ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Relat ed Document ation Related Documentation This document pro vides deta iled A TM software conf iguration exam ples; ho we ver , it does not provide comple te A TM soft ware comma nd syntax descr iptions or extensive backgrou nd informa tion on A TM featu res. For deta iled A TM s[...]
-
Page 34
xxxiv ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Document Conventi ons The A TM switch ro uter d ocume nts ar e sepa rated i nto t wo groups: • Basic documents a re pro vided in th e accessory kit with the hardwar e and are al l the docu mentation you need for initia l installation and conf iguration information. • Advanced confi[...]
-
Page 35
xxxv ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Obtaining Documentation Notes us e the follo wing con ventions: Note Means r eader ta ke no te . No tes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not cov ered in the publica tion. Cautions use the fol lowing con ventio ns: Cautio n Means re a de r b e c a re f u l . In this [...]
-
Page 36
xxxvi ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Docum entation Fe edback Ordering Docume ntation Y ou can find ins truc tions for or dering docu menta tion at this URL: http://www .ci sco.com/uni vercd/cc/t d/doc/es_inpck/p di.htm Y ou can ord er Cisco doc ument ation in these ways: • Re gister ed Cisc o.com u sers (Cisco di rect [...]
-
Page 37
xxxvi i ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Obtaining Additional Publications and Information Submitting a Se rvice Request Using the online T A C Servic e Request T ool is the f astest wa y to open S3 and S4 service r equests. (S3 and S4 ser vice request s are those in wh ich you r network i s mini mally i mpaired or for whic[...]
-
Page 38
xxxvii i ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Obtainin g Addi tional Pub lications and Informat ion • The Cisco Pr oduct Catalog describ es the ne tworking produc ts o ffered by Cisco Syste ms, as well as orderi ng and cu stomer supp ort servic es. Acce ss the Cisco Prod uct Ca talog at this URL: http://cisco .com/uni vercd/c[...]
-
Page 39
C HAPTER 1-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 1 Product Overview This c hapter provides an int roduct ion to t he Catalyst 8540 MSR, Cata lyst 85 10 MSR , an d LightS tream 10 10 A T M swit ch rout ers. Note This chapter prov ides hardware and softw are information for the Catalyst 8540 MSR, Catalyst 851 0 MSR, a nd Lig htS[...]
-
Page 40
1-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 Product Overview Layer 3 E nabled ATM Switch Rou ter Ha rdware Ov erview Available Hardware Components (Ca talyst 8540 MSR) The Ca talyst 854 0 MSR featu res the following available h ardware c omponent s: • Optional switch feature card, suppo rting usa ge p arameter contro l[...]
-
Page 41
1-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overview Layer 3 Enabled ATM Switch Router Hardware Overview Layer 3 Enab led AT M Sw itch Rou ter Hardwa re (Cat alyst 8510 MSR a nd LightStream 1010) The Cat alyst 851 0 MSR and Light Stream 1 010 A TM sw itch ro uters both use a fi ve-slot, modul ar chassi s featuri[...]
-
Page 42
1-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 Product Overview Layer 3 E nabled ATM Switch Rou ter Ha rdware Ov erview The Ca talyst 851 0 MSR is equip ped wi th th e multi service A TM switc h route p rocessor . For addit ional inform ation , refe r to the Pr ocessor Installation Guide . Available Physical Interfaces (Cat[...]
-
Page 43
1-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overview Summary of Software Features • Full-widt h A T M rout er m odules • Full-widt h 8-p ort G igabit E thernet inte rface m odules • Full-widt h 1-p ort G igabit E thernet inte rface m odules Summary of Software Fe atures The follo wing sections prov ide a b[...]
-
Page 44
1-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 Product Overview Summary of Software Feat ures ATM Addr essing an d Plug-and-Pla y Operation The A TM sw itch route r provid es the following s elf- configuring feat ures : • Preconf igured A T M address pref ixes a nd MA C address, permitting small-scale A TM internetw orks [...]
-
Page 45
1-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overview Summary of Software Features Reso urce Ma nage ment Resource manage ment provides supp ort for the fol lowing feature s: • T raff ic cate gories: – Constant bit rate ( CBR) – Real-time v ariable bit rate (VBR- R T) – Non-rea l time v ariable bit ra te [...]
-
Page 46
1-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 Product Overview Summary of Software Feat ures ATM Internetworking Serv ices (Catalyst 8540 MSR) The fol lo wing inter networkin g service s are p rovid ed: • LAN e mulati on c onfiguratio n server (LECS), LA N emul ation s erver ( LES), and broa dcast- and-u nkno wn s erv er[...]
-
Page 47
1-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 Produ ct Overview Summary of Software Features • Update ha rdware cont roller mi crocod e indepe ndently of syst em image on chann elized E1 port adap ter • In-band device network managem ent using IP ov er A TM • In-band device network man agemen t using L AN emula tion [...]
-
Page 48
1-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 Product Overview Summary of Software Feat ures Laye r 3 Fe atures W ith the A T M router module, the A TM switc h router sup port the following Layer 3 feat ures: • Bridging • Integrated r outing and bridging (IRB) • IP fragme ntation support • IP multica st routing ?[...]
-
Page 49
C HAPTER 2-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 2 Understanding the User Interface This ch apter de scribes the A TM switch router user interf ace a nd pro vides instr uctions f or using th e comm and-l ine i nte rface ( CL I). Note This chapter prov ides adv anced conf iguration instru ctions for the Catal yst 8540 MSR, Cata[...]
-
Page 50
2-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Understanding the User Interface Access ing Each Com mand M ode Y ou can enter co mmands in upperc ase, lowercas e, or a mix o f both . Only passwor ds are ca se sensitive. Y ou can ab breviate co mmand s and keywords to a minimu m unique st ring of cha racter s. For example, y[...]
-
Page 51
2-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Und erstanding the User In terface Acce ssing Eac h Co mman d M ode Inte rface range conf iguration From glob al configurati on mode, spe cify a ra nge of interfa ces to conf igure with an interface ra nge comma nd. Switch(config-if)# T o e x it to global conf igurati on mode ,[...]
-
Page 52
2-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Understanding the User Interface Access ing Each Com mand M ode PNNI no de configuration Fr om A TM rout er configuratio n mode , configure the PNNI ro uting nod e with the node comman d. Switch(config-pnni-node)# To e x i t t o AT M r o u t e r conf igurati on mode , use t he [...]
-
Page 53
2-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Und erstanding the User In terface Acce ssing Eac h Co mman d M ode EXEC Mod e When you log in t o the A TM swit ch rout er, you are in use r E XEC, or sim ply EX EC, comm and m ode. The EXEC co mmands a vailabl e at the user le vel are a s ubset of thos e av ailable at the pri[...]
-
Page 54
2-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Understanding the User Interface Access ing Each Com mand M ode Privileged EX EC Mod e The p ri vile ged EXEC com mand se t includ es all user -le vel EXE C mode comman ds and the conf igure comman d, t hrough whic h you can a ccess g lobal configuration mode and the remain ing[...]
-
Page 55
2-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Und erstanding the User In terface Acce ssing Eac h Co mman d M ode Y ou can specify eithe r the terminal, no n vo latile memor y (NVRAM), or a file stored on a network server as the sour ce of conf iguration comm ands. F or more in formatio n, see Chapte r 26, “M anagin g Co[...]
-
Page 56
2-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Understanding the User Interface Access ing Each Com mand M ode The fo llowing exam ple sh ows how to enter inte rface c onfiguration mode to configure t he Et hernet interf ace on th e CPU: Switch(config)# interface ethernet0 Switch(config-if)# CPU Interface Address Format (Ca[...]
-
Page 57
2-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Und erstanding the User In terface Acce ssing Eac h Co mman d M ode T o e xit interface ra nge conf iguration mode and return to pr i vilege d EXEC mode, use the end command or press Ctrl-Z : Switch(config-if)# end Switch# Subinterface Configura tion Mode Subinter face co nfigu[...]
-
Page 58
2-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Understanding the User Interface Access ing Each Com mand M ode Line Configuration Mode (Cat alyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010) Line con figuration m ode on the Catal yst 8510 MS R and Li ghtStr eam 10 10 A TM sw itch ro uter pr ovides access to commands that modify the oper[...]
-
Page 59
2-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Und erstanding the User In terface Acce ssing Eac h Co mman d M ode Map-Class Configuration M ode Map-cla ss configurati on mode provides access to com mand used to define th e traffi c para meters when specifying a re quest for a switche d virt ual cha nnel ( SVC). T o ente r[...]
-
Page 60
2-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Understanding the User Interface Access ing Each Com mand M ode PNNI Node Configuration Mode The PNN I node co nfigurati on mod e is a subm ode o f A TM rou ter configurati on mode a nd provides a ccess to com mands you use to configure PNNI no des o n the A TM switch rout er.[...]
-
Page 61
2-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Und erstanding the User In terface Acce ssing Eac h Co mman d M ode ATM Accounting File Conf iguration Mode A TM acco unting f ile configur ation mo de prov ides ac cess to comman ds used t o conf igure a f ile fo r account ing and billing of virtual circui ts (VCs). T o enter[...]
-
Page 62
2-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Understanding the User Interface Access ing Each Com mand M ode T o exit A TM acc ountin g select ion configu ratio n mode and re turn to privileged EXEC mode, use th e end comm and o r pre ss Ct rl- Z : Switch(config-acct-sel)# end Switch# For detai led info rmat ion on confi[...]
-
Page 63
2-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Und erstanding the User In terface Acce ssing Eac h Co mman d M ode T o exit A TM E.164 translat ion table configuratio n mode an d return t o privileged EXEC mo de, use the end comman d or press Ctrl-Z : Switch(config-atm-e164)# end Switch# For detailed i nfor mation on confi[...]
-
Page 64
2-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Understanding the User Interface Access ing Each Com mand M ode Redundancy Configuration M ode (Catalyst 8540 MSR) Redunda ncy configuration mode p rovides ac cess t o comma nds used to configu re system redu ndancy and EHSA oper ation. T o enter redun dancy configurat ion mod[...]
-
Page 65
2-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Und erstanding the User In terface Additional Cisco IOS CLI Features Additional Cisc o IOS CLI Features Because t he A TM switch route r’ s operating system is based on Cisco IOS software, it s interf ace pro vides a number of featu res that h elp you us e the CL I with gr e[...]
-
Page 66
2-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Understanding the User Interface Installi ng and Confi guring Embe dded Cis coView Note Th e flash devices for installing and configuring Embe dded Cisc ovie w are supp orted on slot 0, sl ot 1, disk 0, a nd disk 1. Note Th e default pass word for ac cessing the device web pa [...]
-
Page 67
2-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Und erstanding the User In terface Installing and Configuring Embedded CiscoView Loading ciscoview.tar from 20.1.1.1 (via Ethernet0): !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!.!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! [OK - 1251840/2503680 bytes] 1251840 bytes copied in 109.848 secs (11484[...]
-
Page 68
2-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 Understanding the User Interface Installi ng and Confi guring Embe dded Cis coView Displaying E mbedde d Cisco View In formation T o display the E mbedded CiscoV ie w information, use the follo wing EXEC comm ands: Exam ple The fo llowing exam ples sh ow how to displa y the Em[...]
-
Page 69
C HAPTER 3-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 3 Initially Configuring th e ATM Switch Router This chapte r discusses specif ic steps used to initially co nfigur e the A TM switch router. Note This chapter prov ides adv anced conf iguration instru ctions for the Catal yst 8540 MSR, Catalyst 851 0 MSR, a nd Lig htStream 1 010[...]
-
Page 70
3-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Methods for Configuri ng the ATM Switch Router Methods for Config uring the ATM Swi tch Router The A T M switch router de faults to a workin g conf iguration suitable f or most netw orks. H owe ver , yo u might ne ed to custom ize the[...]
-
Page 71
3-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Configuration Pr erequisites Verifying Softw are and Hardware Installed on the ATM Switch Router When you first power up your co nsole and A TM swit ch router, a screen simi lar to the following from a Catalyst 854 0 MSR appear s: [...]
-
Page 72
3-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Conf igu ring t he B OOTP Se rve r IDPROM in slot 0 not properly programmed cisco C8540MSR (R5000) processor with 262144K bytes of memory. R5000 processor, Implementation 35, Revision 2.1 (512KB Level 2 Cache) Last reset from power-on[...]
-
Page 73
3-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Confi guri ng th e A TM Ad dres s Exam ple The following exam ple BO O TP co nfiguration file shows the adde d entr y: # /etc/bootptab: database for bootp server (/etc/bootpd) # # Blank lines and lines beginning with '#' [...]
-
Page 74
3-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Modifyin g the Physi cal Laye r Configurat ion of an A TM Interf ace Manually Setting the ATM Address T o conf igure a ne w A TM address that replaces the previous A TM a ddress whe n running II SP software only , se e Chapter 1 1, ?[...]
-
Page 75
3-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Configuring the IP Interface T o display the physi cal inte rface co nfiguration, use the fol lowing privileged EXEC co mmands: Exam ples The followin g exam ple d em onstr ates usin g th e show co ntroll ers comm and to disp lay t[...]
-
Page 76
3-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Con figur ing the IP In terfa ce Note These IP co nnec tions are use d only fo r netw or k mana geme nt. T o co nf igure the switch to communic ate via the Eth ernet int erfac e, prov ide the IP ad dress an d subnet mask bits for the [...]
-
Page 77
3-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Configuring the IP Interface Exam ples The following exampl e sh ows how to use the show interf aces comm and to d isplay the I P addr ess of interf ace ethern et 0: Switch# show interfaces ethernet 0 Ethernet0 is up, line protocol[...]
-
Page 78
3-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Configur ing Network Clocking Configuring Network Clo cking This sec tion describes network clockin g configura tion of t he A TM switch rout er. Pr operly sync hroniz ed networ k clocking is important in the transmission of constant[...]
-
Page 79
3-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Config uring Ne twor k Clock ing Systems equi pped with the ne twork clock module can deriv e clocking fro m a Building In tegrated Timing Supply (BI TS) sour ce. T o speci fy the lin e type atta ched to t he BITS ports on th e ne[...]
-
Page 80
3-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Configur ing Network Clocking Configuring th e Trans mit Clocking Source T o configure wher e each in terface rec eives its transmit clocki ng, perf orm the following steps, begin ning in globa l configura tion mode : Cautio n If the[...]
-
Page 81
3-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Config uring Ne twor k Clock ing The fo llowing exam ple sh ows the switc h cloc k sour ce con figuration with the n etwork cl ock mo dule installed: Switch# show network-clocks Network clocking information: ----------------------[...]
-
Page 82
3-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Configur ing Network Clocking NCDP Network Example Figure 3-1 shows a network of six A T M switch rou ters with cloc king derived from a strat um 3 PRS. Node A is c onfigured to rec eiv e pri ority 1 cloc king o n two of its p orts, [...]
-
Page 83
3-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Config uring Ne twor k Clock ing Enabling NCDP T o enable NCDP , use the following glob al configur ation comm and for each no de that you want t o configure for NCDP: Configuring Network Cloc k Sources and Priorit ies Y ou must s[...]
-
Page 84
3-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Configur ing Network Clocking When you spec ify a max imum di ameter, you constrai n the diame ter o f th e spanni ng tr ee by sp ecifying the maxim um number of hops betwee n any two nodes that part icipate in the protoc ol. Each no[...]
-
Page 85
3-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Config uring Ne twor k Clock ing Displaying the NCDP Configuration T o displa y the NCDP config uration, use th e follo wing EXEC commands: Exam ple The following exam ple sh ows the NCD P st atus: Switch# show ncdp status = ncdp [...]
-
Page 86
3-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Configuring Network Routing Network Clock Services for CE S Operations and CBR Traffic Circuit emulatio n services-inter working functi ons (CES-IWF) and constant bit rate (CBR) traf fic r elate to a quality of servic e (QoS) classif[...]
-
Page 87
3-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Configuring System Information Configuring Sys tem Informatio n Although not r equired, the sy stem c lock a nd host name sh ould be set as part of th e ini tial system configurati on. T o se t these system param eters, perfor m t[...]
-
Page 88
3-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Configur ing Onli ne Diagno stics (Ca talyst 85 40 MSR) • Featur e card s • Carr ier modu les • A TM port ad apters • A TM and La yer 3 inter face module s • A TM r outer m odules When th e acces s test detect s a har dwar [...]
-
Page 89
3-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Configuring Online Diagnostics (Ca talyst 8540 MSR) Configuring Online Diagnos tics (Catalyst 8540 MSR) T o co nfigur e online diagnostic s, use the follo wing glob al conf iguration comman ds: Exam ples The followin g exam ple s [...]
-
Page 90
3-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Configur ing Onli ne Diagno stics (Ca talyst 85 40 MSR) Exam ples The follo wing exa mple shows ho w to display detail ed access test configu ration and results: Switch# show diag online details access ======== Online Access Test Det[...]
-
Page 91
3-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Configuring SNMP and RMON The follo w ing example sho ws how to display the details and stat us of the snake test: 8540MSR#show diag online snake ======== Online Snake Test Status and Details ======== -------- Test Status --------[...]
-
Page 92
3-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Testin g the Config uration Testing t he Co nfiguration The fol lowing sect ions de scribe tasks y ou can p erfor m to c onfirm the h ardware , softwa re, and inte rface configurat ion: • Confirming the Hardware Configura tion (Ca [...]
-
Page 93
3-25 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Testing the Configuration Confirming the Hardware C onfig uration (Cataly st 8540 M SR) Use the show hardware and show capability comm ands to c onfir m the co rrect ha rdware installatio n: Switch# show hardware C8540 named Switc[...]
-
Page 94
3-26 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Testin g the Config uration Confirming the Software Version Use the show v ersion comma nd to co nfirm the correc t version and type of software an d the configurati on regist er are instal led: Switch# show version Cisco Internetwor[...]
-
Page 95
3-27 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Testing the Configuration Example (Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010) The follo wing exa mple displays the po wer -on diagnostic tests results for the Cataly st 8510 MSR and Light Stream 10 10: NewLs1010# show diag power-on L[...]
-
Page 96
3-28 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Testin g the Config uration Confirming the Ethernet Configuration Use the show interf aces comm and to confirm that th e Ethern et int erface on the route proc essor i s configured corr ect ly: Switch# show interfaces ethernet 0 Ethe[...]
-
Page 97
3-29 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Testing the Configuration Testing the Ethernet C onnection After y ou ha v e conf igured the IP addr ess(es) for th e Ethern et inter face, test for con necti vity b etween the switch a nd a host. Th e host can reside a nywhere in[...]
-
Page 98
3-30 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Testin g the Config uration Confirming the ATM In terfac e Configuration Use the show a tm interf ace comm and to conf irm the A TM interf aces ar e conf igur ed correctl y: Switch# show atm interface atm 1/0/0 Interface: ATM1/0/0 Po[...]
-
Page 99
3-31 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Testing the Configuration Confirming Virtual Channel Connections Use the show atm vc command to confirm the status of A T M virtual chan nel conne ctions: Switch# show atm vc Interface VPI VCI Type X-Interface X-VPI X-VCI Encap St[...]
-
Page 100
3-32 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Testin g the Config uration Cross-connect OAM-state: Not-applicable Encapsulation: AAL5ILMI Threshold Group: 6, Cells queued: 0 Rx cells: 0, Tx cells: 0 Tx Clp0:0, Tx Clp1: 0 Rx Clp0:0, Rx Clp1: 0 Rx Upc Violations:0, Rx cell drops:0[...]
-
Page 101
3-33 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initial ly Configuri ng the ATM Sw itch Router Testing the Configuration Confirming the Sa ve d Configuratio n Use the more n vra m:s tart up- con fig comma nd to confirm that the configurat ion saved in NVRAM is correc t: Switch# more nvram:startup-config version XX.X no serv[...]
-
Page 102
3-34 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Testin g the Config uration[...]
-
Page 103
C HAPTER 4-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 4 Configuring System Man agement Functions This chapter d escribes the ba sic tas ks for c onfi guring general system f eatures , such as acce ss cont rol and basic switc h manage ment. Note This chapter prov ides adv anced conf iguration instru ctions for the Catal yst 8540 MSR[...]
-
Page 104
4-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Confi guring System Manag ement F unction s System M anagem ent Task s Y ou can co nnec t a modem to the cons ole port. T he following settings on t he mode m are requ ired : • Enab le au to an swe r mode • Suppress r esult code s Y ou can c onfigure you r modem by setting [...]
-
Page 105
4-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Conf iguring Sy stem Manag ement F unctions System Man age men t Tas ks Configurin g Cisco Dis covery P rotocol T o specify how often your A TM switch route r sends Cisc o Disc overy Protocol (CDP) upd ates , perfo rm the follo wing tasks in global conf iguration mode: T o rese[...]
-
Page 106
4-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Confi guring System Manag ement F unction s System M anagem ent Task s Configur ing Enab le Passwords To log on to the A TM switch router at a specified level, use the f ollow ing EXEC comma nd: T o configure the enab le pa ssword f or a given lev el, u se t he f ollowing globa[...]
-
Page 107
4-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Conf iguring Sy stem Manag ement F unctions System Man age men t Tas ks Configuring Login Authentication T o enable T A CACS+ au thent icatio n for l ogins , perfo rm t he fol lowing steps , beginn ing in globa l configurati on m ode: logging monitor le vel L imits messages log[...]
-
Page 108
4-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Confi guring System Manag ement F unction s System M anagem ent Task s Configuring Scheduler Attributes T o control th e maxim um amou nt of time th at can el apse wit hout running th e lowest-prior ity system processe s, use the foll owing global co nfiguration comma nds: Conf[...]
-
Page 109
4-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Conf iguring Sy stem Manag ement F unctions System Man age men t Tas ks Configuring SNMP This se ction describe s the Simple Network Manag ement Pro tocol (SNMP) and Manageme nt Informa tion B ases (MIBs) com mands use d to c onfigure SNM P on your A TM switch rou ter. For a co[...]
-
Page 110
4-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Confi guring System Manag ement F unction s System M anagem ent Task s Username Comma nds T o establish a use rname- based authent icati on system at lo gin, use the fo llowing globa l configurati on comm ands: Comma nd Pu rpos e sho w s nmp Chec ks the status of commu nica tio[...]
-
Page 111
4-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Conf iguring Sy stem Manag ement F unctions Configuring the Privilege Level Configuring the Privilege Level This section descr ibes confi guring and displaying th e priv ilege lev el access to the A TM switch rout er. The access pri vileges can be conf igure d at the global le [...]
-
Page 112
4-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Confi guring System Manag ement F unction s Conf igu rin g th e Net work Tim e Pro toc ol Configuring the Network Time Protoco l This se ction describe s co nfiguring the Networ k Time Protocol (NTP) on the A TM switch rout er. T o c ontrol access t o the sy stem NTP s ervices[...]
-
Page 113
4-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Conf iguring Sy stem Manag ement F unctions Configuring the Network Time Protocol Cautio n Do not enter the ntp clock-per iod comman d; it is docum ent ed for info rmat ional pu rposes only . The system automaticall y generates this command as NTP determine s the clock error a[...]
-
Page 114
4-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Confi guring System Manag ement F unction s Conf igu rin g th e Net work Tim e Pro toc ol T o au thenticate the ide ntity of a system to which NTP will synchron ize, use the following global configurati on c ommand: T o periodica lly updat e the A TM sw itch rout er calenda r [...]
-
Page 115
4-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Conf iguring Sy stem Manag ement F unctions Config uring t he Cl ock and Cal endar The following exampl e d ispl ays t he NT P st atu s: Switch# show ntp status Clock is synchronized, stratum 4, reference is 198.92.30.32 nominal freq is 250.0000 Hz, actual freq is 249.9999 Hz,[...]
-
Page 116
4-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Confi guring System Manag ement F unction s Configuring TA CACS Configuring the Calendar T o set the system c alendar , use the fo llo wing pri vileged EXEC co mmand: T o displa y the system calendar informat ion, use the follo wing EXEC command: Configuring TACACS Y ou can co[...]
-
Page 117
4-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Conf iguring Sy stem Manag ement F unctions Configuring TACACS Note Many origin al T A CA CS and extend ed T A CA CS comman ds cannot b e used a fter you h av e initia lized AAA/T A CA CS+. T o identif y which co mman ds can be used with the three versi ons, refer to Ta b l e [...]
-
Page 118
4-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Confi guring System Manag ement F unction s Conf igu ring R ADIU S Configuring AAA Accounting T o en able the AAA accountin g of requested services f or billing or security pur poses when using T A CA CS+, perform the follo wing steps in global conf iguration mode : Configurin[...]
-
Page 119
4-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Conf iguring Sy stem Manag ement F unctions Configuring R ADIUS Configuring RADIUS Authentication Refer t o the “Conf iguri ng Authe ntication ” chapter in the Cisco IOS Se curity Configuration G uide for details about RADIU S authentication co nfigur ation tasks such as t[...]
-
Page 120
4-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Confi guring System Manag ement F unction s Conf igu ring R ADIU S Configuring RADIUS Server C ommunication T o configure p er-server RAD IUS server com munica tion on the sw itch , use t he fol lowing glob al configurati on c ommands: T o co nfig ure global co mmunication set[...]
-
Page 121
4-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Conf iguring Sy stem Manag ement F unctions Confi guring Sec ure Sh ell For detailed information about RADIUS c ommands, r efer to t he “RADIUS Co mmands” cha pter in the Cisco IO S Securit y Comma nd Re fer ence pu blicat ion. Configuring Se cure Shell The pr efer red me [...]
-
Page 122
4-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Confi guring System Manag ement F unction s Configuring Secure She ll Note Whe n y ou use t he redundancy for ce-failov er main-cpu (Catalyst 85 40 MSR) comma nd to ma nuall y force t he sec ondar y route pr ocesso r to take over as the pri mary ro ute pro cessor t he SSH RSA [...]
-
Page 123
4-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Conf iguring Sy stem Manag ement F unctions Confi guring Sec ure Sh ell Cat8540(config)# ip ssh version 2 Cat8540(config)# T o start SSH cl ient fu nctionality on the A TM switch router, perform th e follo wing step: Note Y o u can run the SSH client configuration fro m any EX[...]
-
Page 124
4-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Confi guring System Manag ement F unction s Configuring Secure She ll Displaying a nd Disc onnecting SSH T o display th e SSH utili zation, u se the fo llo wing pri vileged EXE C command: Exam ples The fo llowing exampl e d isplays t he SSH configurati on on the swi tch r oute[...]
-
Page 125
4-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Conf iguring Sy stem Manag ement F unctions Testing the System Management Functions Testing the Sy stem Manage ment Functions This secti on descri bes the co mmands use d to monito r and displa y the system ma nageme nt functions. Displaying A ctive Proc esse s T o displa y in[...]
-
Page 126
4-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 4 Confi guring System Manag ement F unction s Testin g the Syste m Manage ment Fu nctio ns Displaying R outes T o disco ver the IP routes that the A TM switch router pack ets will actually take when tra v eling to their destinatio n, use the follo wing EXEC comman d: Displaying [...]
-
Page 127
C HAPTER 5-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 5 Configuring Redundan cy The Cataly st 8540 MSR suppor ts redundant CPU operation wit h dual route processors. In additio n, Enhanced High System A v ailability (EHSA) is provide d in the switching fabr ic when three switch processo rs are i nstalle d in the chassi s. Thes e fe[...]
-
Page 128
5-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 5 Config uring R edundanc y Route Proce ssor Redund ant Op eration (C atalyst 8540 MSR) When the Catalyst 8540 MSR is po wered on, the two route processors go through an arbitratio n to determine wh ich is the primary route processor and which is the secondary . The follo wing r[...]
-
Page 129
5-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 5 Conf iguring Red undancy Route Proces sor Redund ant Operatio n (Catalys t 8540 MSR) Configurin g Route Proces sor R edundan cy (C atalys t 8540 MSR) For redundant operatio n, the following req uirement s must be met: • T wo route p rocessor s and t hree sw itch c ards are re[...]
-
Page 130
5-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 5 Config uring R edundanc y Route Proce ssor Redund ant Op eration (C atalyst 8540 MSR) T o forc e the secondary route proc essor to take ov er as the primar y , use the follow ing pri vileg ed EXEC comm and: Exam ple The following exampl e sh ows how to ma ke the seco nda ry ro[...]
-
Page 131
5-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 5 Conf iguring Red undancy Synchr onizing the Co nfiguration s (Catalyst 8540 MSR) Cautio n If no system image is specif ied in the startu p config uration, the R OM monitor automatically boo ts the fi rst syst em image o n the Flash PC card in sl ot0. If t here is no sy stem ima[...]
-
Page 132
5-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 5 Config uring R edundanc y Synchronizin g the Configura tions (Catal yst 8540 MSR) Immediate ly Sync hron izing Route Proces sor Co nfiguratio ns (Catalyst 8540 MSR) T o immedia tely sync hroniz e the configurat ions use d by the two route proces sors, u se th e following privi[...]
-
Page 133
5-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 5 Conf iguring Red undancy Synchroni zing the Dyna mic Informatio n (Catalys t 8540 MSR) Exam ple In the foll owing example, bot h the startu p and runn ing co nfigurati ons are synch ronize d: Switch(config)# redundancy Switch(config-r)# main-cpu Switch(config-r-mc)# sync config[...]
-
Page 134
5-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 5 Config uring R edundanc y Synchroni zing the Dyna mic Informa tion (Cat alyst 854 0 MSR) Exam ple In the foll owing example, bot h the runni ng configur ation and dy nami c info rmati on a re sync hroni zed: Switch(config)# redundancy Switch(config-r)# main-cpu Switch(config-r[...]
-
Page 135
5-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 5 Conf iguring Red undancy Displaying the Route Proces sor Redundanc y Configur ation (Cataly st 8540 MSR) Exam ple The fol lo wing ex ample s ho ws ho w to enabl e and conf igure the time interv al for interf ace, VC, an d signali ng counte r update s between t he primary and se[...]
-
Page 136
5-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 5 Config uring R edundanc y Preparing a R oute Processor for Re moval (Catal yst 8 540 M SR) 8540MSR# more system:running-config ! version 12.1 service config no service pad service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log uptime no service password-encryption ! hostname [...]
-
Page 137
5-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 5 Conf iguring Red undancy Configuring Switch Fabric Enhanced Hig h System Availability Operation (Cataly st 8540 MSR) EHSA:Syncing monvars to secondary, : BOOTLDR=[OK] Switch# Switch# redundancy prepare-for-cpu-removal This command will cause this CPU to go to the rom monitor t[...]
-
Page 138
5-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 5 Config uring R edundanc y Configur ing Switch F abric Enhan ced High Sy stem Ava ilability Op eration ( Catalyst 8540 MSR) Cautio n Do not hot sw ap an ac ti v e switc h pro cessor modul e befor e putt ing i t in stan dby mode. R emo ving an active switch processor bre aks ac[...]
-
Page 139
5-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 5 Conf iguring Red undancy Displaying the Switc h Processor EHSA Config uration (Cataly st 8540 MSR) SWC SLOT SWC_TYPE SWC_STATUS ================================================= 5 EVEN ACTIVE 6 NOT-PRESENT NOT-PRESENT 7 ODD ACTIVE <information deleted> Displaying the Swi[...]
-
Page 140
5-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 5 Config uring R edundanc y Storing the Con figuration Driver 0 type: 2560 super cam Functional Version 1.3 Driver 1 type: 2562 OC12 SPAM Functional Version 5.1 Driver 2 type: 2564 OC mother board Functional Version 5.1 Driver 3 type: 258 Switch Card Functional Version 1.0 Driv[...]
-
Page 141
C HAPTER 6-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 6 Configuring ATM Network Interfaces This chap ter describes ho w to explicit ly confi gure A TM netw ork interf ace types. Ex plicitly conf iguri ng interf aces is the alt ernati ve to Inte grated Lo cal Man agement Interf ace ( ILMI) au toconf iguration, wh ich senses the peer[...]
-
Page 142
6-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 6 Configuring ATM Network Interfaces Disabli ng Autocon figurat ion T o disab le au toco nfiguration on a n inte rface, perform th e foll owing step s, beginning in glob al configurati on m ode: Exam ple The follo w ing example sho ws how to disable autoconf iguratio n on interfa[...]
-
Page 143
6-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 6 Conf iguring ATM N etwork I nterfaces Configuring UNI Interfaces Configuring UNI Inte rfaces The User -Network Inte rface (UNI) sp ecif ication d efin es commu nications between A TM end s tations (such a s workstat ions an d route rs) and A TM sw itches in private A TM ne twor[...]
-
Page 144
6-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 6 Configuring ATM Network Interfaces Configur ing NNI Inter faces Configuring NNI Int erfaces The N etwork-Ne twork I nterface (N NI) spe cification defines com municat ions be tween t wo A TM swit ches in a pri vat e A TM networ k. Y ou must co nfigure NNI connect ions to allow [...]
-
Page 145
6-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 6 Conf iguring ATM N etwork I nterfaces Configuring NNI Interfaces Configuring a 12-Bit VPI NNI Interface (Catalyst 8540 MSR) The Ca talyst 854 0 MSR A TM switch route r can acco mmodate up t o six int erface s per m odule for maxvpi -bits g reater than the sta ndard 8-bit config[...]
-
Page 146
6-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 6 Configuring ATM Network Interfaces Configur ing NNI Inter faces Displaying the 12-Bit VPI NNI Interface Configuration (Catalyst 8540 MSR) T o displa y the 12-bit VPI NNI interf ace conf iguration, use the follo wing EXEC comma nds: Exam ples The following exam ple sh ows the ma[...]
-
Page 147
6-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 6 Conf iguring ATM N etwork I nterfaces Configuring IISP Interfaces Configuring IIS P Interfaces The Int erim I nterswi tch Signa lling Protoc ol (II SP) defines a sta tic rout ing pro tocol for use bet ween A TM switches. I ISP provides supp ort for sw itched v irtual conn ectio[...]
-
Page 148
6-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 6 Configuring ATM Network Interfaces Configuring IISP Interfaces Displaying the IISP Configuration T o sho w the i nterface IISP con figu ration, us e the follo wing EXEC command: Exam ple The follo wing example sho ws the conf iguration of A TM interface 3/ 0/0 on the A TM switc[...]
-
Page 149
C HAPTER 7-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 7 Configuring Virtual Co nnections This c hapter descri bes how to c onfigure vi rtual conne ctio ns (VCs) in a typic al A T M net work afte r autoc onfiguration has establi shed the de fault netwo rk connec tions. Th e network configuratio n modificatio ns descri bed i n thi s [...]
-
Page 150
7-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Character istics and T ypes of Virtua l Connec tions • Input Translati on T able Manage ment, page 7 -95 Characteristics and T ypes of Virtual Connections This section lists the v arious virtual connections ( VC) types in Ta b l e 7 - 1 . Confi[...]
-
Page 151
7-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Confi guring Virtua l Chann el Connect ions Note Th e value of the VPI s and VCIs c an change as the tra ff ic is rela yed throug h the A T M net work. T o configure a point- to-point VCC, p erform the f ollowing steps, b eginning in globa l co[...]
-
Page 152
7-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configur ing Virtual Chan nel Connect ions The fo llowing exampl e shows how to co nfigure th e inter nal c ross-conn ect PV C on Switch C b etween interf ace A TM 0/0/0, VPI = 2, VCI = 1 00, and interfac e A TM 0/0/1 , VPI 5 0, VCI = 2 55: Switc[...]
-
Page 153
7-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Confi guring Virtua l Chann el Connect ions Exam ples The follo wing exa mple shows the Switch B PVC confi guration on A TM interf ace 3/0/1: Switch-B# show atm interface Interface: ATM3/0/1 Port-type: oc3suni IF Status: UP Admin Status: up Aut[...]
-
Page 154
7-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configur ing Virtual Chan nel Connect ions The fo llowing exampl e shows the Sw itch B PV C con figuration on A TM interfac e 3/0 /1, VP I = 0, VCI = 50 , with the switch proce ssor feature ca rd installe d: Switch-B# show atm vc interface atm 3/[...]
-
Page 155
7-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Confi guring Virtua l Chann el Connect ions Exam ple The following exam ple sh ows how to delet e the VCC on A TM interface 3/ 0/0, V PI = 20, VC I = 2 00: Switch(config-if)# interface atm 3/0/0 Switch(config-if)# no atm pvc 20 200 Confirming V[...]
-
Page 156
7-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Terminating PVC Con nections Configuring Te rminatin g PVC Connections This secti on describes co nfigur ing point-to-p oint and point- to-multipoint t erminating per manent virtua l chan nel (PV C) connec tions. T ermina ting c onnec[...]
-
Page 157
7-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Confi gurin g Terminat ing PVC C onnecti ons T o configure bot h point -to-p oint and point -to-mult ipoint terminat ing PV C connec tions, p erform the following ste ps, beginni ng in glob al co nfiguration mode : When configuri ng point-to-m [...]
-
Page 158
7-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring PVP Connection s When configuring t he rout e processo r leg of a PVC tha t is not a tunne l, the VPI should be configur ed as 0. The pref erre d met hod of VCI c onfigura tion is to s elect the any-vc i parameter , unless a sp ecif [...]
-
Page 159
7-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring P VP Conn ections Note When configur ing PVP connecti ons, be gin with lo wer virtual pa th identif ier (VPI) numbe rs. Using lo w VPI nu mbers allo ws mo re e ff icient use of t he swit ch f abric r esource s. Note Th e row index[...]
-
Page 160
7-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring PVP Connection s Exam ple The fo llowing exampl e shows the PVP configurat ion of Switch B: Switch-B# show atm vp Interface VPI Type X-Interface X-VPI Status ATM1/1/1 45 PVP ATM4/0/0 30 UP ATM4/0/0 30 PVP ATM1/1/1 45 UP The f ollo wi[...]
-
Page 161
7-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring P VP Conn ections Deleting PVPs from an Interface This se ction describe s how to del ete a PVP co nfigured on an in terface. T o delete a PVP , perform the following ste ps, beginni ng in glob al co nfiguration mode : Exam ple Th[...]
-
Page 162
7-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Point-to-Mul tipoint PVC Connect ions Configuring Point-to-Multipoint PVC Connections This section describes conf iguring point- to-multipoint PVC connectio ns. In Figure 7- 4 , cells entering the A TM switch rout er at the root poin[...]
-
Page 163
7-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Point-to-Multipoint PVC Connections Note Th is para meter specifies the weight a ssign ed to th e outp ut VC fo r weig hted ro und rob in sche duling and is an integer in the ra nge of 1 to 15.T his param eter is valid only on syst[...]
-
Page 164
7-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Point-to-Mul tipoint PVC Connect ions The foll owing example shows the VC configura tion on inte rface A TM 0 /0/0 , VPI = 50, VCI = 100, with the switch processor fea ture card installed: Switch# show atm vc interface atm 0/0/0 50 1[...]
-
Page 165
7-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Point-to-Multipoint PVP Connections Configuring Point-to-Multipoint PVP Connections This section describ es configur ing point-to-multipoint PVP co nnections. Figure 7-5 pro vides an example of poi nt-to-mul tipoin t PVP connect io[...]
-
Page 166
7-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Point-to-Mul tipoint PVP Connect ions Displaying Point-to-Multip oint PVP Configuration T o display th e A TM interf ace c onfigu ration, use the fo llo wing EXEC command: Exam ples The follo w ing example sho ws the PVP conf igurati[...]
-
Page 167
7-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring S oft PVC C onnecti ons The follo wing exa mple shows the PVP conf iguration of the point-to-multip oint PVP connections on A TM in terfa ce 4/ 0/0, V PI = 50, with the sw itch pr ocess or fe ature c ard ins talled : Switch# show [...]
-
Page 168
7-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Soft PVC Connections Figure 7-6 illustrates the soft PVC connections used in the follo wing examples. Figur e 7 -6 Soft PCV Conn ection Examp le Guidelines for Creating Soft PVCs Perform the following steps when you c onfigure soft P[...]
-
Page 169
7-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring S oft PVC C onnecti ons Note Th e row index for rx-ctt r and tx-ctt r must be configured bef ore u sing t his o ptional param eter . See Chapter 9, “ Configuring Resour ce Mana gement. ” Exam ples The fol lo wing ex ample sho [...]
-
Page 170
7-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Soft PVC Connections Displaying Soft PVC C onfiguration T o dis play the so ft PVC conf igurat ion at either end of a A TM swit ch router, use the follo wing EXEC comm ands: Exam ples The follo wing example sho ws the soft PVC conf i[...]
-
Page 171
7-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring S oft PVC C onnecti ons The follo wing e xample sho w s the soft PVC conf iguration of Switc h B, on interface A TM 0/0/2 (VPI = 0, VCI = 1000) ou t to the A T M network wit h the switc h processo r featur e car d install ed: Swit[...]
-
Page 172
7-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Soft PVC Connections Modifying CTTR Indexes on an Existing S oft PVC T o ch ange the CTTR index es and PD (packe t discard option) on an e xisting soft PVC, perform the following ste ps, beginni ng in glob al co nfiguration mode : Ex[...]
-
Page 173
7-25 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring S oft PVC C onnecti ons The fo llowing exampl e modi fies the pa cket disc ard op tion t o On f or a n existing soft PV C. Switch(config)# intertace atm 0/0/3 Switch(config-if)# atm soft-vc 8 990 pd on The following example displa[...]
-
Page 174
7-26 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Soft PVP Connections The foll o wing exa mple mod ifie s the pack et discard option to Of f for an exist ing soft PVC. Switch(config)# interface atm 0/0/3 Switch(config-if)# atm soft-vc 8 990 pd off The fo llowing example sp ecifies [...]
-
Page 175
7-27 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring S oft PVP C onnecti ons T o configure a soft PVP connec tion, perfor m the following st eps, begi nning i n glob al configurati on mode: The row index for rx-ctt r and tx-cttr must be configured be fore us ing th is opt ional pa r[...]
-
Page 176
7-28 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Soft PVP Connections The follo wing ex ample sho ws the soft PVP configur ation on interf ace A TM 1/1/1 at Switch C out to the AT M n e t w o r k : Switch-C# show atm vp Interface VPI Type X-Interface X-VPI Status ATM1/1/1 1 SVP ATM[...]
-
Page 177
7-29 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring th e Soft PVP or Sof t PVC R oute Opt imizat ion Featu re Configuring th e Soft PVP or Sof t PVC Route Optimization Feature This section desc ribes the soft PVP or sof t PVC ro ute optimization feature. M ost soft PVPs or soft PVC[...]
-
Page 178
7-30 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring the Soft PVP or Sof t PVC Route Optimization Feat ure Soft PVP or soft PVC route optimiza tion must be enabled and conf igured to determ ine the point at which a bet ter ro ute is foun d and t he old rou te is reconfigur ed. T o e na[...]
-
Page 179
7-31 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Soft PVCs with Explicit Paths Configuring So ft PVCs with Explicit Paths Normally , soft PVCs and soft PVPs are automatically routed b y PNNI ov er paths that meet t he traf fic parame ter o bject ives. Ho wever , for cases wher e [...]
-
Page 180
7-32 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Soft PVCs wi th Explicit Paths Note The configuratio n displayed for soft connections with e xplicit paths is always sho wn as two separate lines using the r edo-explici t keyword on the seco nd line , ev en if it is o rigina lly con[...]
-
Page 181
7-33 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Soft PVCs with Explicit Paths Exam ple The follo w ing example sho ws the last explicit path status for a soft PVC using the sh ow at m vc interf ace EXEC co mmand. Note that the first liste d expli cit path ne w_york.path 2 show s[...]
-
Page 182
7-34 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Soft PVCs and Sof t PVPs with Priority Configuring So ft PVCs and Soft PVPs with Priority This section descri bes how to specify priority for soft PVCs or PVPs established over an In v erse Multiplexing for A TM (IMA) inter face. If [...]
-
Page 183
7-35 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Soft PVCs and Soft PVPs with Priority Note If not priority is specif ied, the soft PVC is assigned a priority of 15 (lo west). Note If the atm svc-cle ar by-prio rity comman d is not enab led, none of the hold -pri ority co nfigura[...]
-
Page 184
7-36 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Soft PVCs and Sof t PVPs with Priority T o co nfigur e a soft PVC with priority between two Frame Relay connection s, use the follo wing comm and: T o displa y a soft PVC with priority , use the follo wing command: Comma nd Pu rpos e[...]
-
Page 185
7-37 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Soft PVCs and Soft PVPs with Priority Exam ple The follo w ing example sho ws the configuratio n of a soft PVC with priority on an IMA interface. Switch(config)# interface atm4/1/ima1 Switch(config-if)# atm svc-clear by-priority Sw[...]
-
Page 186
7-38 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Two-Ended Soft PVC and Soft PVP Connect ions Tx scr-clp01:none Tx mcr-clp01:none Tx cdvt:none Tx mbs:none Configuring Two-Ende d Soft PVC and Soft PVP Connections W ith tw o-ended soft PVC pro visioning, you can co nfig ure a passi v[...]
-
Page 187
7-39 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Confi guring Two-Ended S oft PV C and Soft P VP Connect ions Configur ing Tw o-Ende d Soft PV C Conn ections T o co nf igure a t wo-en ded soft PVC connec tion, follo w these steps : . Note The default va lue for the upc option is pas s . Note[...]
-
Page 188
7-40 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Two-Ended Soft PVC and Soft PVP Connect ions Configur ing Tw o-Ende d Soft PV P Conn ections T o co nf igure a tw o-end ed soft PVP con nection, follo w these steps: . Note The default va lue for the upc option is pas s . Note For VB[...]
-
Page 189
7-41 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Confi guring Two-Ended S oft PV C and Soft P VP Connect ions On Switc h-B, create a two- ended soft PVC on the source switch that us es the passi v e half leg on the terminating switch. Switch-B(config)# interface atm 3/0/1 Switch-B(config-if)[...]
-
Page 190
7-42 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Ac cess Filters on Soft PVC and Soft PVP Pas sive Connections On Switch-B, create a two-ended soft PVP on the sourc e switch that uses the passi ve half leg on the terminating switch. Switch-B(config-if)# atm soft-vp 10 dest-address [...]
-
Page 191
7-43 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Access Filters on Soft PVC and Soft PVP Passive Connections The acc ess filters for soft PVC and soft PVP passive connec tions feat ure us es the access-cont rol parameter , to restrict access to the passi ve destinatio n side of t[...]
-
Page 192
7-44 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Ac cess Filters on Soft PVC and Soft PVP Pas sive Connections On Switch-C, displa y the passi ve half-le g conf iguratio n information of two-en ded soft PVC with the acces s control so urce A TM NSAP addr ess. Switch-C# show atm vc [...]
-
Page 193
7-45 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Access Filters on Soft PVC and Soft PVP Passive Connections On Switc h-B, create a two- ended soft PVC on the source switch that us es the passi v e half leg on the terminating switch. Switch-B(config)# interface atm 3/0/1 Switch-B[...]
-
Page 194
7-46 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Ac cess Filters on Soft PVC and Soft PVP Pas sive Connections Using a f ilter set wit h multiple N SAP addr esses — The following example shows the configur ation of the two-ende d soft PVC (shown in Figure 7-8 ) with access co ntr[...]
-
Page 195
7-47 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Access Filters on Soft PVC and Soft PVP Passive Connections Configuring Access Filters on Soft PVP Passive Connections T o co nf igure a acce ss f ilters on a two-en ded soft PVP pa ssi ve connectio n, follo w these steps: . Exam p[...]
-
Page 196
7-48 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Ac cess Filters on Soft PVC and Soft PVP Pas sive Connections On Switch-C, displa y the passi ve half-le g conf iguratio n information of two-en ded soft PVP with the acce ss control s ource A TM NSAP address co nf igured . Switch-C#[...]
-
Page 197
7-49 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Access Filters on Soft PVC and Soft PVP Passive Connections On Switch-C, displa y the passi ve half-le g conf iguratio n information of two-en ded soft PVP with the fi lter set f set1 co nfig ured. Switch-C# show atm vp interface a[...]
-
Page 198
7-50 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Tim er Rules Based So ft PVC and Soft PVP Conne ctions On Switch-B, create a two-ended soft PVP on the sourc e switch that uses the passi ve half leg on the terminating switch. Switch-B(config)# interface atm 3/0/1 Switch-B(config-if[...]
-
Page 199
7-51 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring T imer Rules Ba sed Soft PVC and Soft P VP Connect ions The maximum limits for the timed so ft PVC and PVP featur es follo w: • Maximum timer groups sup ported: 64 • Maximum timer rules supported: 64 • Maximum timer ru les w[...]
-
Page 200
7-52 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Tim er Rules Based So ft PVC and Soft PVP Conne ctions Exam ple The foll owing exam ple sh ows a bso lute ti mer c onfigu ra tio n. Switch# c onfigur e term inal Switch(co nfig)# atm ti mer ru le rule 1 abso lute start 10:00 30 dec 2[...]
-
Page 201
7-53 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring T imer Rules Ba sed Soft PVC and Soft P VP Connect ions Exam ple The follo wing exa mple conf igures a timer rules based soft PVP timer rule, creates an A TM timer group, and adds th e timer g roup conf iguration to the soft PVP t[...]
-
Page 202
7-54 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Tim er Rules Based So ft PVC and Soft PVP Conne ctions The follo w ing example is sample o utput from the show atm timer gr o up command. Switch# show atm timer group timer-group: grp1 timer-rule rule1 timer-rule rule2 timer-group: g[...]
-
Page 203
7-55 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring Backu p Add resses for Soft PVC and Soft PV P Con nectio ns Configuring Back up Addresses for Soft PVC and Soft PVP Connections This se ction de scribe s configurin g red undant destina tions f or soft PVCs an d soft PV Ps. Redu n[...]
-
Page 204
7-56 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Backu p Address es for Soft PVC and Soft PVP Co nnection s T o check w hat NSAP a ddress is adv ertise d, use the sh ow at m r ou te comman d, as in the follo wing example on Switch -C. Switch-C# show atm route Codes: P - installing [...]
-
Page 205
7-57 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring Backu p Add resses for Soft PVC and Soft PV P Con nectio ns Figur e 7 -9 Redundant Soft PV C Destinations, Single S witch Example Using this r edunda nt co nfigurati on, if the a ctive interface , A T M 1 /1/0, fails f or any r ea[...]
-
Page 206
7-58 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Backu p Address es for Soft PVC and Soft PVP Co nnection s T o ch eck what NS AP addresses are adve rtised , use the show atm route command , as in the follo wing example on Switch -C. Switch-C# show atm route Codes: P - installing P[...]
-
Page 207
7-59 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring Backu p Add resses for Soft PVC and Soft PV P Con nectio ns Figur e 7 -1 0 Redundant Sof t PV C Destinations, T wo S witc h Example Using t his re dundan t configur ation, if th e active interface on sw itch C 8540-1, A TM 1/1/0 ,[...]
-
Page 208
7-60 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Backu p Address es for Soft PVC and Soft PVP Co nnection s Exam ples The fol lowing example shows the configur ation of the r edund ant st andby soft PVC desti nation ( shown in Figu re 7-9 ) on th e sw itch C854 0-1. C8540-1# config[...]
-
Page 209
7-61 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring Backu p Add resses for Soft PVC and Soft PV P Con nectio ns Displaying the Redundant Soft VC Destination Addr ess Configuration T o show the re dunda nt soft VC de stinati on addr ess configu ration, use th e fol lowing EXE C co m[...]
-
Page 210
7-62 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Backu p Address es for Soft PVC and Soft PVP Co nnection s The fo llowing exam ple sh ows the spec ific A T M soft VC re dundan cy group named group 3. Switch# show atm soft redundancy group group3 Group Name: group3 Nsap Address: 11[...]
-
Page 211
7-63 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Point-to-Multipoint Soft PVC Connections The fo llowing show atm addre sses comm and di splays the bo th the active and standby so ft VC redunda nt add ress of a singl e swit ch configura tion wi th load bala ncing c onfigured. Swi[...]
-
Page 212
7-64 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Point-to-Multipo int Soft PVC Connect ions T o co nfigur e point-to-multipoin t circuit emulatio n services (CES) soft PVC connectio ns see the “Configuring Point-to -Multipoi nt CES Soft PV C Connec tions” sec tion o n page 19- [...]
-
Page 213
7-65 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Point-to-Multipoint Soft PVC Connections Configuring Point-to -Multipoint Soft PVCs T o configure a point- to-mu ltipoint soft P VC c onnec tion, pe rform the following ste ps, beginni ng in privileged EXEC mode : Command Purpose S[...]
-
Page 214
7-66 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Point-to-Multipo int Soft PVC Connect ions The fo llowing c onfiguratio n example uses the i nterfa ces and addr esses displa yed in Figure 7- 11 : Exam ples Step 1 Determi ne the A TM ad dress of t he Des t_One s witch for A TM inte[...]
-
Page 215
7-67 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Point-to-Multipoint Soft PVC Connections Step 6 Use the follo wing similar process to co nfigur e the Soft PVC connection to the De st_T wo switch: Source(atmsoft-p2mp)# party leaf-reference 2 Source(atmsoft-p2mp-party)# dest-addre[...]
-
Page 216
7-68 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Point-to-Multipo int Soft PVC Connect ions The follo wing exa mple shows the point- to-multipoint soft PVC conf iguration of the Source switch, on interf ace A T M 0/0/1 (VPI = 50, VCI = 100) : Source# show atm vc interface atm 0/0/1[...]
-
Page 217
7-69 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Point-to-Multipoint Soft PVC Connections Note Th e row index for cttr rx and cttr tx must be configured befor e using this opti onal param eter . See Chap ter 9, “Con f igu ring R esou rce Ma nage ment .” F or non -UBR serv ice[...]
-
Page 218
7-70 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Point-to-Multipo int Soft PVC Connect ions Exam ples The fol lowing example disa bles the root of a point-to- multipoi nt Soft PV C connec tion configur ed on an A TM interfa ce and releases all par ties: Switch# config terminal Ente[...]
-
Page 219
7-71 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Point-to-Multipoint Soft PVC Connections Confirming the Party Leaf is Disabled or Enabled T o co nfirm the indiv idual leaf of the point-to -multipoint soft PVC is disabled or ena bled, use the follo wing EXEC command before and af[...]
-
Page 220
7-72 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Point-to-Multipo int Soft PVC Connect ions The word “Inact ive” appears und er the State field for part y leaf-r efer ence 20 disa ble in th e previous section but, the se cond pa rty leaf- refere nce 30, that was not disabl ed, [...]
-
Page 221
7-73 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Point-to-Multipoint Soft PVC Connections T o delete an individ ual point-to-multip oint soft PVC leaf connection, perf orm the follo wing steps, beginning in gl obal con figuration mo de: Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows how[...]
-
Page 222
7-74 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring Nondefaul t Well-Know n PVCs Configuring Non default Well-Kn own PVCs Normally th e defau lt well-k no wn VCs are automatically created wi th defa ult virtua l channel id entif iers (VCIs). Ho we ver , for the unusual inst ances wher[...]
-
Page 223
7-75 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Configuring Nondefaul t Well-Known PVCs Configuring No ndefau lt PVCs T o co nfigur e the nondefau lt PVCs for signalling, ILM I, and PNNI, perform the foll owi ng steps, beginning in gl obal con figuration mo de: Note An error conditi on o cc[...]
-
Page 224
7-76 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring a VPI/VCI Range for SVPs and SVCs Step 6 Configure t he IL MI V C, the n co nfigure the PN NI VC if ne eded usin g the same proc edure. Step 7 Sav e the new running co nfiguration to th e start up configurati on. An exam ple of this [...]
-
Page 225
7-77 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring a VPI/V CI Ran ge fo r SVPs a nd SVC s The d efault max imum sw itched vi rtual path c onnect ion (S VPC) VP I is equa l to 255. Y ou c an chang e the maxim um SVPC V PI by enterin g the atm svpc vpi max va lue comm an d. See Ta b[...]
-
Page 226
7-78 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring a VPI/VCI Range for SVPs and SVCs Exam ples The fo llowing examp le shows how to confirm th e VPI and V CI range configura tion on an A T M int erface. The values d isplay ed for ConfMa xSvpcV pi, Con fMaxS vccVpi , and Co nfMi nSvcc[...]
-
Page 227
7-79 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring V P Tunnel s Configuring VP Tun nels This sec tion describes c onfi guring vi rtual path (VP) tunnels, wh ich pro vide the ability to interconnec t A TM swit ch routers across publ ic networks usi ng PVPs. Y ou can configure a VP [...]
-
Page 228
7-80 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring VP Tunnels Configur ing a V P Tunnel for a Si ngle Se rvice Categ ory The type of VP tunn el descr ibed in thi s sectio n is configured as a VP of a single service category . Only vir tual circuits (VCs) of that ser vice cate g ory c[...]
-
Page 229
7-81 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring V P Tunnel s The following exam ple sh ows how to configure the A TM VP tu nnel on the A T M swi tch ro uter (SB-1 ) interf ace A TM 0/0/0, VPI 99 : Switch(SB-1)(config)# interface atm 0/0/0 Switch(SB-1)(config-if)# atm pvp 99 Swi[...]
-
Page 230
7-82 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring VP Tunnels • Even though th e shaped VP t unnel is de fined as CBR, it can carry VCs of an other ser vic e category by su bstituting t he ne w service cat ego ry after the tunnel inter face has bee n initially conf igured. F or con[...]
-
Page 231
7-83 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring V P Tunnel s Displaying the Shaped V P Tunnel Configuration T o displa y the shaped VP tunnel inter face conf iguration, use the follo wing EXEC command: For an exam ple di splay fro m the show at m interface command, se e Display[...]
-
Page 232
7-84 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring VP Tunnels • At system boot, when global hi erarchica l scheduling i s enable d, the swit ch route r initializes the slot pairs according to the follo wing restrictions: – Hierar chical scheduli ng is d isable d for any slot p ai[...]
-
Page 233
7-85 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring V P Tunnel s T o configure a hierar chi cal VP tunne l, perfo rm the fol lowing steps, beginni ng in globa l configurat ion mode: Note Th e rx -ctt r and tx-ctt r row indexes mus t be configur ed be fore they ar e use d. Exam ple [...]
-
Page 234
7-86 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring VP Tunnels Exam ple The fo llowing exampl e sh ows the VP t unnel con figuration on i nterface A TM 1/ 0/0 w ith PVP 99: Switch# show atm interface atm 1/0/0.99 Interface: ATM1/0/0.99 Port-type: vp tunnel IF Status: UP Admin Status: [...]
-
Page 235
7-87 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Config uring V P Tunnel s Disp layi ng PVCs T o co nfirm PVC interface co nfig uration, use the follo wing EXEC comman d: Exam ple The fo llowing exampl e shows the c onfigurati on of A TM subinter face 1/0/0. 99 on the A TM switch router Swit[...]
-
Page 236
7-88 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configuring VP Tunnels Displaying t he VP Tunne l VPC I Configu ration T o conf irm the VP tunnel VPCI conf iguratio n, use th e follo wing pri vile ged EXEC c ommand: Deleting VP T unnels T o delete a VP t unnel connecti on, perform t he follow[...]
-
Page 237
7-89 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Confi guri ng In terf ace and Co nne ctio n Sno opin g Exam ple The follo wing ex ampl e sho ws t hat A TM su bint erfa ce 1/ 0/0. 99 on the A TM switc h rou ter (HB -1) ha s been d elete d: Switch(HB-1)# show interfaces atm 1/0/0 IF Status: U[...]
-
Page 238
7-90 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configur ing Interfac e and Connect ion Snoopin g Snooping Test Ports (Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010) W ith the FC-P CQ installed, only the highest p ort on the last module in the A TM switch router can be configured as a snoop test po [...]
-
Page 239
7-91 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Confi guri ng In terf ace and Co nne ctio n Sno opin g Other Configuration Options for Snoop Test Port Most ina pplic able configurat ions on the test port inter face ar e disregar ded while i n sno op mode . Ho we ver , the follo wing conf ig[...]
-
Page 240
7-92 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configur ing Interfac e and Connect ion Snoopin g Exam ple The f ollowing exampl e shows the snoo p configur ation on the O C-3c po rt and t he act ual regis ter values for th e hi ghest in terface : Switch# show atm snoop Snoop Test Port Name: [...]
-
Page 241
7-93 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Confi guri ng In terf ace and Co nne ctio n Sno opin g Exam ples The fo llowing exam ple sh ows how to configure VC 10 0 200 on A TM interface 3 /1/0 t o sno op VC 200 150 on A TM interf ace 1/0/0: Switch(config)# interface atm 3/1/0 Switch(co[...]
-
Page 242
7-94 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Configur ing Interfac e and Connect ion Snoopin g The follo wing example sh o ws the VC snoop co nnection 0, 55 on A TM inter face 0/0/2 in exte nded mode with the s witch pro cessor feat ure card installed : Switch> show atm snoop-vc interfa[...]
-
Page 243
7-95 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Inpu t Transla tion Tab le Managem ent The fol lowing example shows all VP sno op connec tions on A TM inter face 0/1/2, VPI = 57, in extended mode wit h the switch proc essor fe ature car d instal led: Switch> show atm snoop-vp interface a[...]
-
Page 244
7-96 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Input Tra nslation Ta ble Man agement 2. For each direction of a transit VP or VC installed in the hardw are, there is an entry in the ITT . 3. If the VPI is va lid, the entry in the lo ok-up table maps to either a single ITT entry , in the case[...]
-
Page 245
7-97 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Inpu t Transla tion Tab le Managem ent • Capability to display ITT allocation • Capability to autoshri nk ITT blocks Reducing ITT Fragmentation It is im portant to make a djustments to the VC conf iguration processi ng, both at initial bo [...]
-
Page 246
7-98 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Input Tra nslation Ta ble Man agement The C LI-spe cif ied n on-for ce minblock inter face co nf igurat ion comm and is ov erridden when one or more of the following four condit ions a re p resen t: • When the minblock co mmand is processed a [...]
-
Page 247
7-99 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Inpu t Transla tion Tab le Managem ent On initial conf iguration of the atm input-x late-tabl e autominblock command, IT T memo ry may alre ady be som ewh at fra gmented du e to pre vious comman ds. The effect of th e fragme ntati on can be mi[...]
-
Page 248
7-100 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Input Tra nslation Ta ble Man agement Shrinking ITT Block Size Nati vel y , an ITT blo ck will gro w as necessary to ac commodat e higher VCIs on a gi v en port/VPI, but will not auto matically shrin k as the high-num bered VCIs ar e remo ved f[...]
-
Page 249
7-101 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Inpu t Transla tion Tab le Managem ent Configuration Ex amples This section sho ws two e xamples of the show atm input-xkate-table command . Example (LightStream1010 and 6400 NSP1) show atm inpu t-xlate -table [i nuse] Use this nonprivileged [...]
-
Page 250
7-102 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Input Tra nslation Ta ble Man agement The outp ut of the unq ualified command (w ithou t the inuse keyword) is: switch# show atm input-xlate-table Input Translation Table Free Blocks: Block-start Size Bank 1 1 0 2 2 0 4 4 0 8 8 0 16 16 0 32 32 [...]
-
Page 251
7-103 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Inpu t Transla tion Tab le Managem ent The outpu t of t he comm and w ith the inuse keyword is: switch# show atm input-xlate-table inuse switch# show atm input inuse Interface VPI VP/VC Address Size ATM0/1/0 0 VC 17472 64 ATM0/1/0 2 VP 32768 [...]
-
Page 252
7-104 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Input Tra nslation Ta ble Man agement The outp ut of the unq ualified command (w ithou t the inuse keyword) is: switch# show atm input Module 1 Input Translation Table Free Blocks: Block-start Size 64 64 1280 128 128 128 256 256 512 512 3072 10[...]
-
Page 253
7-105 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configu ring Virtual Co nnections Inpu t Transla tion Tab le Managem ent 2048 2048 4096 4096 8192 8192 16384 16384 Input Translation Table Total Free = 32768 Input Translation Table In Use (display combines contiguous blocks): Inuse-start Inuse-end Size ======================[...]
-
Page 254
7-106 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Input Tra nslation Ta ble Man agement Input Translation Table Total Free = 32768 Input Translation Table In Use (display combines contiguous blocks): Inuse-start Inuse-end Size =============================================== The outpu t of t he[...]
-
Page 255
C HAPTER 8-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 8 Configuring Operation, Administration, and Maintenance This ch apt er desc ribes the Opera tion, Admin istration , an d Main tenanc e (OAM) impl ementat ion on the A TM switch router . Note This chapter prov ides adv anced conf iguration instru ctions for the Catal yst 8540 MS[...]
-
Page 256
8-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Cha pter 8 Co nfig uri ng Op era tion , Adm inist rati on, and Main ten ance OAM Ove rview Both F4 a nd F5 flows can be configured a s eit her end- to-end o r segment- loopb ack and used wi th alarm indicati on signal (AIS) and remo te defe ct indica tion (RDI ) functi ons. An AIS is a s[...]
-
Page 257
8-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 8 Conf iguring O peration, A dminist ration, and Mainte nance Config uring OAM Fu nctions Configuring OAM Funct ions This se ction descri bes OAM comma nds in EXE C, glob al, a nd int erface c onfiguration mode . Configuring OAM for the En tire Switch (Catalyst 8540 MSR) T o enab[...]
-
Page 258
8-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Cha pter 8 Co nfig uri ng Op era tion , Adm inist rati on, and Main ten ance Conf igu ring O AM Fu nct ions Switch(config)# atm oam ais seg-loopback % OAM: Switch level seg loopback is enabled % OAM: Switch level ais is enabled The following exam ple sh ows how to configure the A TM O AM[...]
-
Page 259
8-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 8 Conf iguring O peration, A dminist ration, and Mainte nance Checking t he ATM Connectio n (Cataly st 8540 MSR) Checking the ATM Co nnection (Catalyst 8540 MSR) T o ch eck A TM connection reach ability and netwo rk connecti vity on the Catalyst 8540 MSR, use the ping EXEC comman[...]
-
Page 260
8-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Cha pter 8 Co nfig uri ng Op era tion , Adm inist rati on, and Main ten ance Display ing the OA M Configu ration Y ou ca n use eithe r an A TM a ddre ss prefix or an IP addre ss as a ping destinat ion. Y ou can ping a ne ighbor switch by sele cting the segment loopba ck opti on. In privi[...]
-
Page 261
8-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 8 Conf iguring O peration, A dminist ration, and Mainte nance Displaying the OAM Configuration Exam ple The O AM config uration is displaye d in the follo wing e xample: Switch# more system:running-config Building configuration... Current configuration: ! version XX.X no service [...]
-
Page 262
8-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Cha pter 8 Co nfig uri ng Op era tion , Adm inist rati on, and Main ten ance Display ing the OA M Configu ration[...]
-
Page 263
C HAPTER 9-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 9 Configuring Resou rce Ma nagement This ch apter des cribes re source m anagem ent, w hich i n v olves mode ling and mana ging sw itch, i nterface, and co nnection resourc es. Such res ource s includ e equivalent bandwidth and buffering to suppor t the prov ision o f speci fied[...]
-
Page 264
9-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Resource M anageme nt Function s Resource Ma nagement Functions The A TM switch route r resour ce m anagem ent so ftware pr ovides the foll owing func tions: • Network manage ment in terface —Incl udes ope rati onal co nfiguratio n ch ang[...]
-
Page 265
9-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Processor Feat ure Card Funct ionality (Cata lyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010) Processor Feature Card Func tionality (Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010) T wo types of featu re cards are available for t he Cataly st 85 10 MSR and LightSt[...]
-
Page 266
9-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Globa l Resource M anageme nt Configuring Globa l Resource Mana gement Global resource mana gement configurati ons affect all inter faces on the switch . The foll owing sections describe global resou rce manage ment tasks: • Co[...]
-
Page 267
9-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Config uring Glo bal Reso urce Manag ement • Configuring the Su stainabl e Cel l Rate Margin Factor, page 9-13 • Ov ervi e w of Thr eshol d G roup s, pa ge 9 -14 Configuring the Defau lt QoS Objective Table Resource manage ment provid es a[...]
-
Page 268
9-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Globa l Resource M anageme nt Displaying the ATM QoS Objective Table T o displa y the default QoS objec ti ve table , use the follo wing EXEC command : The pe r-s ervic e categ ory , max imum ce ll transfer delay , peak- to-peak [...]
-
Page 269
9-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Config uring Glo bal Reso urce Manag ement T o configure the O SF , use the following glob al configura tion comm and: Note Th is value ca n be c hange d at any ti me, but it is only used at start -up and whe n a modu le is hot-swapp ed from t[...]
-
Page 270
9-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Globa l Resource M anageme nt Cautio n Setting a service cate gory limi t to 0 causes th e connectio n requests for the asso ciated service categ ories to be rejected. T o conf igure the se rvice cate g ory limits, use the follo [...]
-
Page 271
9-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Config uring Glo bal Reso urce Manag ement The global configura tion function is used to modi fy the ABR mode sele ction fo r al l ABR connections. T o co nfigur e the ABR mode, use the follo wing global conf iguration command: Note Th e at m [...]
-
Page 272
9-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Globa l Resource M anageme nt cells limit limit Mark Discard count instal instal instal --------------------------------------------------- 1 65535 63 63 25 % 87 % 0 cbr-default-tg 2 65535 127 127 25 % 87 % 0 vbrrt-default-tg 3 [...]
-
Page 273
9-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Config uring Glo bal Reso urce Manag ement PVC Connection Traffi c Rows The CTT in a permanen t virtual chan nel (PVC) setup require s storing PVC traf fic va lues in a CTT data structu re. Ro ws used for PVCs are called st able ro ws, and co[...]
-
Page 274
9-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Globa l Resource M anageme nt The atm connection-traff ic-table-r o w comma nd su pports these se rvice ca tegories: CBR, VBR -R T , VBR-NR T , ABR, and UBR. T o create or delete an A TM CTT ro w , perform the foll ow ing tasks [...]
-
Page 275
9-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Config uring Glo bal Reso urce Manag ement 2 cbr 424 none 3 vbr-rt 424 424 50 none 4 vbr-nrt 424 424 50 none 5 abr 424 0 none 6 ubr 424 none none 64000 cbr 1741 none 2147483645* ubr 0 none none 2147483646* ubr 1 none none 2147483647* ubr 7113[...]
-
Page 276
9-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Globa l Resource M anageme nt instal instal instal ------------------------------------------------------------ 1 1 131071 63 63 25 % 87 % 0 cbr-default-tg 2 131071 127 127 25 % 87 % 0 vbrrt-default-tg 3 131071 511 31 25 % 87 % [...]
-
Page 277
9-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Config uring Glo bal Reso urce Manag ement Configuring the Threshold Gr oup T o configure the thre shold grou ps on a A TM switch rout er, perf orm the fol lowing tasks in glob al configurati on m ode: T able 9-7 Thr eshold Gr oup Configur at[...]
-
Page 278
9-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Globa l Resource M anageme nt Exam ple The fo llowing exampl e s hows how to configure A TM thresho ld g roup 5 with a ma ximum numbe r of cells before the c ells are discar ded: Switch(config)# atm threshold-group 5 max-cells 5[...]
-
Page 279
9-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configuring Physical Interfaces 5 131071 511 31 25 % 87 % 0 ubr-default-tg 6 131071 1023 1023 25 % 87 % 0 well-known-vc-tg =========================================================== <information deleted> Configuring Ph ysical Interface[...]
-
Page 280
9-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Physical Int erfaces Note Th e atm output-queue comm and a ff ects al l conn ections , incl uding those a lready estab lished. This comm and is not applic able for subinter face lev el configura tion. For othe r restric tions, r[...]
-
Page 281
9-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configuring Physical Interfaces Sustained-cell-rate: none vbr RX, none vbr TX Minimum-cell-rate RX: none abr, none ubr Minimum-cell-rate TX: none abr, none ubr CDVT RX: none cbr, none vbr, none abr, none ubr CDVT TX: none cbr, none vbr, none [...]
-
Page 282
9-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Physical Int erfaces Note These comm ands af fect all conne ctions , includi ng those alread y establi shed. These co mman ds are no t appli cabl e for subin terface level configurations. For other re strict ions , refer t o the[...]
-
Page 283
9-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configuring Physical Interfaces CDVT TX: none cbr, none vbr, none abr, none ubr MBS: none vbr RX, none vbr TX <information deleted> Configuring In terface Ou tput Pacing Output pa cing is use d to artificially reduce the output spe ed o[...]
-
Page 284
9-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Physical Int erfaces Displaying t he Output Pacing Co nfiguration T o display the outpu t pac ing con figuration, use the following E XEC comman d: Exam ple The follo wing ex ampl e sho ws th e inter fac e outp ut pac ing co nf [...]
-
Page 285
9-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configuring Physical Interfaces T o configure c ontrol led li nk sha ring, perform th e foll owing tasks, beginning in global configura tion mode: Note These comman ds af fect s ubsequen t connec tions b ut not co nnectio ns that are alr eady[...]
-
Page 286
9-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Physical Int erfaces Switch> show atm interface resource atm 0/0/0 Resource Management configuration: Service Classes: Service Category map: c1 cbr, c2 vbr-rt, c3 vbr-nrt, c4 abr, c5 ubr Scheduling: RS c1 WRR c2, WRR c3, WRR [...]
-
Page 287
9-25 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configuring Physical Interfaces Note For a de tail ed de scr ipt ion of rat e and WR R sc hedu ling , re fer to t he Guide to A T M T e chnology . T o configure the int erface servi ce class a nd WRR value, perform the following tas ks, begin[...]
-
Page 288
9-26 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Physical and Logical Inte rface Param eters Configuring Ph ysical and Log ical Interface Parameters The following sections desc ribe int erface configurat ion resou rce manage ment tasks fo r both physic al and logica l i nterfa[...]
-
Page 289
9-27 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configuring Physical and Logical Interface Parameters Exam ple The fol lo wing exa mple sho ws th e conf iguration of the interfa ce link d istance w ith switch pro cessor feat ure card installed : Switch> show atm interface resource atm 0[...]
-
Page 290
9-28 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Physical and Logical Inte rface Param eters Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows how to configure the connec tion b est-effort li mit c onfigurati on to 2 000: Switch(config)# interface atm 3/0/0 Switch(config-if)# atm cac be[...]
-
Page 291
9-29 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configuring Physical and Logical Interface Parameters Configuring the Interface Maximum of Individual Traffic Parameters When a VCC is set u p, you can spe cify per -fl o w (recei ve and trans mit traf f ic) para meter s. T raf fic paramete r[...]
-
Page 292
9-30 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Physical and Logical Inte rface Param eters Switch(config)# interface atm 3/0/0 Switch(config-if)# atm cac max-cdvt cbr receive 75000 Displaying the Interfac e Maximum Individual Traffi c Parameter Configuratio n T o displa y th[...]
-
Page 293
9-31 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configuring Physical and Logical Interface Parameters Configuring the ATM De fault CDVT and MBS Y ou can c hange the default cell delay v ariation tolerance ( CD VT) an d maximum b urst size (MBS) to request for UPC of cell s received on the [...]
-
Page 294
9-32 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Physical and Logical Inte rface Param eters Cast-type: point-to-point Packet-discard-option: disabled Usage-Parameter-Control (UPC): pass Wrr weight: 32 Number of OAM-configured connections: 0 OAM-configuration: disabled OAM-sta[...]
-
Page 295
9-33 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configuring Physical and Logical Interface Parameters Rx mcr-clp01: none Rx cdvt: 1024 (from default for interface) Rx mbs: none Tx connection-traffic-table-index: 1 Tx service-category: UBR (Unspecified Bit Rate) Tx pcr-clp01: 7113539 Tx scr[...]
-
Page 296
9-34 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Physical and Logical Inte rface Param eters T o configure a ser vice category on a n inte rface, pe rform the following tasks, beginnin g in gl obal configurati on m ode: Exam ple The fo llowing example shows how to configure th[...]
-
Page 297
9-35 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configuring Physical and Logical Interface Parameters Configuring SVC Policin g by S ervice Categ ory Y ou can co nf igure p olicing on any A TM s witch rout er interf ace to t ag or drop cel ls in the fo rwar d (into the networ k) directio n[...]
-
Page 298
9-36 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Physical and Logical Inte rface Param eters Displaying the Service Category Pol icing on an Interface T o display the service category po licing co nfigured on an interface , use the fo llowing user EXEC comm ands: Exam ple The [...]
-
Page 299
9-37 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configuring Interface Overbooking Switch# In the p re vious e xample, A TM interf ace 1/1/1 is conf igured to allo w any UBR traf f ic to passed while al l other tra ff ic is polic ed. Configuring Inte rface Overbook ing The inte rface ov erb[...]
-
Page 300
9-38 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Interfac e Over booking T o configure in terface overbooking, per form t he fol lowing steps, beginning in g lobal c onfiguration mode: Exam ple The follo wing example sho ws how to set the interface over booking percen tage to [...]
-
Page 301
9-39 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Config uring Ser vice Cl ass Overbo okin g Max aggregate guaranteed services: none RX, none TX Max bandwidth: none cbr RX, none cbr TX, none vbr RX, none vbr TX, none abr RX, none abr TX, none ubr RX, none ubr TX Min bandwidth: none cbr RX, n[...]
-
Page 302
9-40 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Service Cla ss Overb ooking T o configure overbooki ng on an in dividual servi ce class , per form t he fol lowing steps, b eginning i n global configurati on mode: Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows how to set th e VBR- R [...]
-
Page 303
9-41 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configu ring Fr aming Overhead vbr-rt : 200%, vbr-nrt : disabled abr : disabled, ubr : 200% Service Categories supported: cbr,vbr-rt,vbr-nrt,abr,ubr Link Distance: 0 kilometers Controlled Link sharing: Max aggregate guaranteed services: none [...]
-
Page 304
9-42 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Fra ming Over head The fr aming mod e chan ges whe n you iss ue the framin g comm and on an interfac e and the Ma xCR is adjust ed acco rdingl y . If enabl ing fram ing overhead re duces the ma ximum gua rante ed ser vice bandw [...]
-
Page 305
9-43 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 9 Conf iguring Resou rce Mana gement Configu ring Fr aming Overhead Switch> show atm interface resource atm 4/1/0 Resource Management configuration: Service Classes: Service Category map: c2 cbr, c2 vbr-rt, c3 vbr-nrt, c4 abr, c5 ubr Scheduling: RS c1 WRR c2, WRR c3, WRR c4, [...]
-
Page 306
9-44 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 9 Confi guring Resour ce Mana gement Configur ing Fra ming Over head[...]
-
Page 307
C HAPTER 10-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 10 Configuring ILMI This chap ter de scribe s the Inte grated Local Mana geme nt Interf ace (I LMI) proto col imple mentatio n within the A T M switch route r. Note This chapter prov ides adv anced conf iguration instru ctions for the Catal yst 8540 MSR, Catalyst 8510 MSR, and [...]
-
Page 308
10-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 10 Confi guri ng ILMI Configur ing the Gl obal ILM I System T o co nf igure a new A TM addr ess that r eplaces the pre vious A TM addr ess, see Chapt er 11, “Co nf igur ing A TM Ro uting and PNN I.” Configuring Global ILMI Access Filters The ILMI access filter feature allow[...]
-
Page 309
10-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 0 Configuring ILMI Config uring th e Global IL MI Syst em Exam ple The fol lowing example c onfigures th e globa l default a ccess filter f or ILMI addre ss registrat ion to allow well-known group a ddresses and addresses w ith matchi ng prefixes: Switch(config)# atm ilmi defa[...]
-
Page 310
10-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 10 Configuri ng ILMI Configur ing the Gl obal ILM I System Displaying the ILMI Gl obal Configur ation T o displa y the switch ILMI conf igurat ion, use the follo wing EXEC commands: Exam ples The following exam ple sh ows the A T M ad dress an d the LEC S add res s: Switch# sho[...]
-
Page 311
10-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 0 Configuring ILMI Configuring an ILMI Interface ARP Server Address (s): 1122334455667788990011223344556677889900 The following exam ple s hows the ILM I st atu s: Switch# show atm ilmi-status Interface : ATM0 Interface Type : Local Configured Prefix(s) : 47.0091.8100.0000.000[...]
-
Page 312
10-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 10 Configuri ng ILMI Configur ing an ILMI Inte rface Note If you use t he no atm address-registration comm and to di sabl e ILMI on this in terfac e, the k eepali ves and respon ses to inco ming IL MI querie s continu e to funct ion. If you want ILMI to be comp letel y disabled[...]
-
Page 313
10-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 0 Configuring ILMI Configuring an ILMI Interface T o displa y the ILMI address pref ix conf iguration for all int erfaces, use the follo wing EXEC command: Exam ple The following exam ple sh ows the ILM I addr ess pr efix co nfiguration for all A TM interface s: Switch# show a[...]
-
Page 314
10-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 10 Configuri ng ILMI Configur ing an ILMI Inte rface Displaying the ILMI Inter face Configuration T o sho w the ILMI interface co nfig uration, use the follo wing EXEC command: Exam ple The follo wing example display s the ILMI status for A TM interf ace 3/0/ 0: Switch# show at[...]
-
Page 315
10-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 0 Configuring ILMI Configuring an ILMI Interface Displaying ATM Addre ss Group Configuratio n T o de termi ne if an int erfac e is a member of an A TM addres s grou p, use the f ollo wing p riv ile ged EXEC comm and: Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows the A T M ad dress g[...]
-
Page 316
10-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 10 Configuri ng ILMI Configur ing an ILMI Inte rface[...]
-
Page 317
C HAPTER 11-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI This chapt er descr ibes the In terim Int erswit ch Signali ng Protoc ol (IISP) and Private Network-Networ k Interfa ce (PNNI ) A TM ro uting pro tocol implem entati ons on the A TM switch router. Note This chapter prov ides adv anced conf ig[...]
-
Page 318
11-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI IISP Configuration ATM Addresses The auto configured A TM addre ss o f th e A T M sw itch rout er suffices wh en im plem ent ing s ingl e-l e vel PNNI. Hierarchi cal PN NI req uires a n addr essing scheme to e nsure gl obal uniquen ess of the [...]
-
Page 319
11-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I IISP Configuration T o configure the rou ting mod e, perfor m these st eps, beginni ng in global configuratio n mode: Exam ple The f ollowing exam ple sh ows how to use th e a tm routing-mode static command to restric t the switch operati [...]
-
Page 320
11-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI IISP Configuration Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows the A T M rou ting mode configurati on usin g the more system:running-config p ri vil ege d EXE C com mand: Switch# more system:running-config Building configuration... Current configu[...]
-
Page 321
11-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I IISP Configuration Switch(config)# atm address 47.0091.8100.5670.0000.0ca7.ce01... Switch(config)# no atm address 47.0091.8100.0000.0041.0b0a.1081... Displaying the ATM Address Configurat ion T o display the A T M addr ess configurat ion, [...]
-
Page 322
11-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI IISP Configuration Configuring Static Routes Use t he atm r oute command to conf igure a st atic route. A static ro ute attac hed to an interf ace al lo ws all A TM addr esses ma tchin g the configur ed addr ess prefix to be re ached thr ough [...]
-
Page 323
11-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I IISP Configuration Exam ples The foll owing e xample shows the A TM static route conf ig uration using the show atm route privileged EXEC co mmand: Switch# show atm route Codes: P - installing Protocol (S - Static, P - PNNI, R - Routing co[...]
-
Page 324
11-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI IISP Configuration Displaying ATM Addre ss Group Configuratio n T o de termi ne if an int erfac e is a member of an A TM addres s grou p, use the f ollo wing p riv ile ged EXEC comm and: Exam ple The fo llowing example shows the A T M address [...]
-
Page 325
11-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Basic PNNI Configurat ion Basic PNNI Configura tion This se ction descri bes al l the proce dures necess ary f or a ba sic PN NI co nfiguration and includ es t he fol lo win g subsec tio ns: • Conf igurin g PNNI w ithou t Hierar chy , pa[...]
-
Page 326
11-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Basic PN NI Conf iguration T o ch ange the ac tiv e A T M address yo u must crea te a ne w address, v erify that it exists , and then delet e the cu rrent active addres s. Aft er you have entere d the ne w A TM address , disab le node 1 a nd [...]
-
Page 327
11-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Basic PNNI Configurat ion Displaying the PNNI Node Confi guration T o display the A TM PNNI n ode c onfigurati on, us e the following privileged EX EC com mand : Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows the PNNI node configurati on u sing [...]
-
Page 328
11-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Basic PN NI Conf iguration T o conf igure a st atic rout e conn ection, use t he following glo bal co nfigurati on comm and: Exam ples The followin g exam ple u ses the atm route command to co nfi gure a static route to the 13 -byte switch pr[...]
-
Page 329
11-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Basic PNNI Configurat ion Configuring a Summary Addr ess Y ou can configure sum mary addr esses to r educe the amoun t of info rmation advertise d by a PNNI node and contr ibute to scala bility in large netwo rks. Each su mmary addr ess c[...]
-
Page 330
11-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Basic PN NI Conf iguration Displaying the Summary Address Conf iguration T o displa y the A TM PNNI summary address configur ation, use the follo wing pri vile ged EXEC comm and: Exam ple The fo llo wing ex ample s ho ws the A T M PNNI su mma[...]
-
Page 331
11-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Basic PNNI Configurat ion Ente rin g the scope mode automatic co mmand ensures t hat al l or ganiz ational sc ope v alues cov er an area at lea st as wide as t he c urren t node ’ s pe er g roup. Configurin g the scope mode to manual di[...]
-
Page 332
11-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Basic PN NI Conf iguration Displaying the Scope Mappi ng Configuration T o display the PNNI scope mappi ng c onfiguration, use th e fol lowing privileged EX EC c ommand: Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows the A TM PNNI sc ope mappin g co[...]
-
Page 333
11-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Basic PNNI Configurat ion T o configure a LGN and peer group iden tifier , perfo rm th ese st eps, begi nning i n glob al configurat ion mode: Exam ples The fol lowing exampl e shows how to crea te a new node 2 wit h a level of 56 and a p[...]
-
Page 334
11-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Basic PN NI Conf iguration Exam ple The follo wing exa mple shows the PNNI node information using the sho w atm pnni local-node pri v ile ged EXE C command: Switch# show atm pnni local-node 2 PNNI node 2 is enabled and not running Node name: [...]
-
Page 335
11-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Basic PNNI Configurat ion Exam ple Configure the na me of the nod e as eng_ 1 using the name command, as in the follo wing example : Switch(config)# atm router pnni Switch(config-atm-router)# node 1 Switch(config-pnni-node)# name eng_1 Di[...]
-
Page 336
11-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Basic PN NI Conf iguration T o configure a pare nt node , perf orm t hese st eps, beginn ing in glo bal co nfiguration mode : Exam ple The following exam ple sh ows how to crea te a parent nod e for n ode 1 : Switch(config)# atm router pnni S[...]
-
Page 337
11-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Basic PNNI Configurat ion The contr ol for elec tion is done through th e assignment of leadersh ip prioriti es. W e recommend t hat the leadershi p priority space be di v ided into thr ee tiers: • First tier: 1 to 49 • Second t ier: [...]
-
Page 338
11-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Basic PN NI Conf iguration Displaying N ode Elec tion Leadership Priori ty T o display the node electi on lead ershi p priori ty , use one of the following privileged E XEC comma nds: Exam ples The follo w ing example sho ws the election lead[...]
-
Page 339
11-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Basic PNNI Configurat ion Summary addresse s othe r than defau lts mu st be expl icitly configured on e ach no de. A node can have multiple summary address pref ixes. No te also that e very node in a peer group that has a potential to bec[...]
-
Page 340
11-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Basic PN NI Conf iguration Exam ple The fo llo wing ex ample s ho ws the A T M PNNI su mmary addr ess con fig uration u sing the sho w atm pnni summary pr i vile ged EXEC comma nd: Switch# show atm pnni summary Codes: Node - Node index advert[...]
-
Page 341
11-25 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Basic PNNI Configurat ion lo west le vel, switc hes T4 and T3 bec ome leaders o f their pe er group s. Theref ore, ea ch switch cre ates an LGN a t the sec ond level (lev el 64) o f the hi erarc hy . As a r esul t of the e lectio n at th [...]
-
Page 342
11-26 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Basic PN NI Conf iguration Node name: NewYork.BldB System address 47.009144556677114410111244.00603E5BBC01.02 Node ID 64:72:47.009144556677114400000000.00603E5BBC01.00 Peer group ID 64:47.0091.4455.6677.1100.0000.0000 Level 64, Priority 40 40[...]
-
Page 343
11-27 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Basic PNNI Configurat ion Parent Node Index: NONE <information deleted> Swit ch S anFr a n.B ldA. T4 Co nfi gur atio n hostname SanFran.BldA.T4 atm address 47.0091.4455.6677.2233.1011.1266.0060.3e7b.2001.00 atm router pnni node 1 le[...]
-
Page 344
11-28 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Basic PN NI Conf iguration Swit ch S anFr a n.B ldA. T5 Co nfi gur atio n hostname SanFran.BldA.T5 atm address 47.0091.4455.6677.2233.1011.1244.0060.3e7b.2401.00 atm router pnni node 1 level 72 lowest parent 2 redistribute atm-static election[...]
-
Page 345
11-29 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Advanc ed PNNI Con figurat ion Advanced PNNI Config uration This sec tion des cribes ho w to conf igure ad v anced PNNI features . The adv anced feat ures de scribe d in this se ction a re not re quired to ena ble PN NI, but are provi ded[...]
-
Page 346
11-30 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Advanced PN NI Configu ration Exam ple The fo llowing example shows how to enable backg round ro utes a nd configures t he backgr ound route s poll int erva l to 30 seconds: Switch(config)# atm router pnni Switch(config-atm-router)# backgroun[...]
-
Page 347
11-31 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Advanc ed PNNI Con figurat ion Background Routes From CBR/CTD Table ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 2 Routes To Node 2 1. Hops 1. 1:ATM0/1/2 -> 2 ->: aw 5040 cdv 138 ctd 154 acr 147743 clr0 10 clr01 10 <-: aw 5040 cdv 138 [...]
-
Page 348
11-32 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Advanced PN NI Configu ration The switc h appli es a single link selection me thod for a gr oup of par allel links co nnec ted to a neighbo r switch. If mu ltiple links within thi s group are confi gured with a dif ferent link selection meth [...]
-
Page 349
11-33 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Advanc ed PNNI Con figurat ion Exam ple The follo wing example sh ow s the detailed PN NI link selec tion conf igurati on using the sho w atm pnni neighbor EXEC c omman d: Switch# show atm pnni neighbor Neighbors For Node (Index 1, Level [...]
-
Page 350
11-34 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Advanced PN NI Configu ration Displaying t he Maximum Admini strative Wei ght Percentage Configur ation T o display the node A T M PN NI max imum A W per centa ge con figuration, use th e fo llowing privileged EXEC co mmand: Exam ple The fo l[...]
-
Page 351
11-35 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Advanc ed PNNI Con figurat ion T o configure th e pre ceden ce o f reac hable addre sses, per form these step s, beginning in global configurati on m ode: Exam ple The follo wing exam ple sho ws how t o conf igure all PNNI rem ote e xteri[...]
-
Page 352
11-36 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Advanced PN NI Configu ration Configuring Explicit Paths The e xplicit pa th feature e nables you to manually co nfig ure either a fully specif ied or partiall y specif ied path fo r routing soft permane nt vi rtual ch anne ls (soft PV C) an [...]
-
Page 353
11-37 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Advanc ed PNNI Con figurat ion Node IDs c an be en tered e ither w ith the f ull 22- byte length address or as a N ode ID p refix with a l ength of 15 or m ore bytes. T o sp ecify routes that i nclude highe r level nodes ( parent L GNs) f[...]
-
Page 354
11-38 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Advanced PN NI Configu ration Editing Ent ries within the Expli cit Path Each entry ha s an index that gi ves its relativ e position within the list. Indice s are used as an aid to edit an e xplicit pat h. The e ntire curr ent list sho wing t[...]
-
Page 355
11-39 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Advanc ed PNNI Con figurat ion Switch# show atm pnni explicit-paths Summary of configured Explicit Paths: PathId Status UpTo Routable AdminWt Explicit Path Name ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 1 enabled 3 ye[...]
-
Page 356
11-40 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Advanced PN NI Configu ration Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows how to configure the administ rative weight for the no de as line sp eed: Switch(config)# atm router pnni Switch(config-atm-router)# administrative-weight linespeed Display[...]
-
Page 357
11-41 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Advanc ed PNNI Con figurat ion Displaying t he Admin istrative We ight Per Interf ace Configurat ion T o displa y the A TM PNNI interfac e A W co nfigur ation, use the fol low ing EXEC command: Exam ple The following exam ple sh ows the A[...]
-
Page 358
11-42 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Advanced PN NI Configu ration Exam ple The follo wing example shows th e A TM PNNI tran sit-restriction conf iguration us ing the show atm pnni local-node p ri vilege d EX EC c ommand : Switch# show atm pnni local-node PNNI node 1 is enabled [...]
-
Page 359
11-43 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Advanc ed PNNI Con figurat ion Exam ple The following exam ple sh ows how to enab le r edis tributio n of stat ic ro utes : Switch(config)# atm router pnni Switch(config-atm-router)# node 1 Switch(config-pnni-node)# redistribute atm-stati[...]
-
Page 360
11-44 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Advanced PN NI Configu ration T o specify an aggregat ion t oken value, perform the se ste ps, beginni ng in glob al co nfigurati on mo de: Exam ple The following exam ple sh ows how to configure an aggregatio n token o n A T M in terface 1/0[...]
-
Page 361
11-45 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Advanc ed PNNI Con figurat ion Common peer group ID 56:47.0091.4455.6677.0000.0000.0000 Upnode ID 56:72:47.009144556677223300000000.00603E7B2001.00 Upnode Address 47.009144556677223310111266.00603E7B2001.02 Upnode number: 11 Upnode Name: [...]
-
Page 362
11-46 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Advanced PN NI Configu ration Exam ples The follo w ing example sho ws the link aggregati on mode: Switch# show atm pnni aggregation link PNNI PGL link aggregation for local-node 2 (level=72, name=Switch.2.72) Configured aggregation modes (pe[...]
-
Page 363
11-47 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Advanc ed PNNI Con figurat ion T o configure the PTSE significant ch ange t hreshol d, take thes e steps, beginning in global co nfiguration mode: For an example of o ther ptse command keywords, see Conf iguring PNNI H ello, Datab ase Syn[...]
-
Page 364
11-48 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Advanced PN NI Configu ration Configuring the Complex Node Repr esentation for LGNs By default, high er-level logical group nod es (LG Ns) repre sent the ir chi ld peer gro ups (PGs) in th e simple nod e representa tion. W ith simple no de re[...]
-
Page 365
11-49 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Advanc ed PNNI Con figurat ion Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows the PNNI comp lex node configurat ion: Switch# show atm pnni aggregation node PNNI nodal aggregation for local-node 2 (level=56, child PG level=60) Complex node repres[...]
-
Page 366
11-50 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Advanced PN NI Configu ration Exam ple The fo llowing example shows how to configure the PTSE refre sh inter val to 600 seconds: Switch(config-pnni-node)# ptse refresh-interval 600 The fo llowing example shows how to configure the retra nsmis[...]
-
Page 367
11-51 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Advanc ed PNNI Con figurat ion Exam ple The fo llowing exampl e shows the A TM PNNI H ello, databa se sync hroniza tion, a nd flo oding configurati on usin g the show atm pnni local- node pr i vile ged EXEC com mand: Switch# show atm pnni[...]
-
Page 368
11-52 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Advanced PN NI Configu ration Displaying t he Resource Management Poll Interval Configuratio n T o displa y the resource manage ment poll interv al configurat ion, use the follo wing EXEC comma nd: Exam ple The fol lowing example shows the r [...]
-
Page 369
11-53 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Mobile PNNI Configuration Exam ple The foll owing exam ple shows how t o en able PN NI A TM sta tis tic s gat heri ng: Switch(config)# atm router pnni Switch(config-atm-router)# statistics call Displaying A TM PNNI Statistics T o dis play[...]
-
Page 370
11-54 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Mobile PN NI Configurati on A borde r node o f the mo bile net work may h ave one or more ac tive mobile outsi de links t o one or more access point switch es. The bord er node uses one of the no dal hie rarchy list s (NHL) re ceived from the[...]
-
Page 371
11-55 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I Mobile PNNI Configuration Exam ples The follo wing exa mple shows ho w to designat e node 3 within the switching system as a mobile logi cal group node : Switch(config)# atm router pnni Switch(config-atm-router)# node 3 mobile Displaying [...]
-
Page 372
11-56 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Mobile PN NI Configurati on Node name: T3.2.72 System address 47.009144556677114410173322.00603E899901.02 Node ID 72:96:47.009144556677114410173300.00603E899901.00 Peer group ID 72:47.0091.3333.3333.3333.0000.0000 Level 72, Priority 0 0, No. [...]
-
Page 373
11-57 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I PNNI Conne ctio n Trac e Cfgd highest join level : 0 (default) Cfgd default peer group ID: Not configured Mobile LGN host PG joined?: Yes Mobile LGN's joined PG ID : 72:47.0091.3333.3333.3333.0000.0000 Configuring a Limit for the ONH[...]
-
Page 374
11-58 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI PNNI Co nnection T race (TTL) inform ation elemen t (IE). When a trace conne ction is triggere d, the trace source nod e originates a trace connec tion message. This me ssage contains the TT L IE. Each switch rece i ving this message appends [...]
-
Page 375
11-59 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I PNNI Conne ctio n Trac e Note It is not po ssible to initiate tra ces from CES i nterf aces. Figure 11-2 sho ws an SVC transiting switches 1, 2, and 3. This could happe n when NPI-1 and NPI-2 are A TM UNI i nterfac es connect ing the sw i[...]
-
Page 376
11-60 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI PNNI Co nnection T race Figur e 1 1 -3 S V C with Connection T race Initiat ed fr om I2 on Switc h 2 If the directio n of the trace is chosen as outgo ing from switch 2, the trace returns the follo wing inform ation: • Switch 2 – Outgoing[...]
-
Page 377
11-61 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I PNNI Conne ctio n Trac e Exam ple Figure 11-4 is an example of an A TM PNNI netw ork used to display the tr ace conne ction initial ization. Figur e 1 1 -4 PNNI Co nnection T race Netw or k Example The fol lowing e xample initiates a trac[...]
-
Page 378
11-62 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI PNNI Co nnection T race Exam ples The foll o wing exa mple sho ws an acti ve PNNI co nnection trac e summary fo r the connec tions sho wn in Figure 11-4 : Switch_10# show atm pnni trace connection 20 Connection Trace Request-index: 20 Connect[...]
-
Page 379
11-63 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I PNNI Conne ctio n Trac e Note Th e hex-only keyword i ndicate s the nodes t he conn ectio n trac e traversed a nd the inte rface nu mbers of the ou tgoing port i n hexade cimal mod e. Note The PNNI address listed under the Node heading in[...]
-
Page 380
11-64 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI PNNI Co nnection T race Displaying P NNI Conn ection Trace Configura tion This se ction describe s how to disp lay ac tive PNNI conne ction trace configuration. T o dis play th e acti ve PNNI co nnectio n trace conf iguration, u se the foll o[...]
-
Page 381
11-65 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 1 Configur ing ATM Rou ting and PNN I PNNI Conne ctio n Trac e Note Y o u ca n modi fy the maxim um nu mber of conc urrent PNNI connec tion tr aces by using th e atm pnni trace max-concurr ent global configurat ion comm and. T he rang e is 1 to 100 . Note Y ou can mo dify the[...]
-
Page 382
11-66 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI PNNI Co nnection T race[...]
-
Page 383
C HAPTER 12-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 12 Using Access Control This chap ter des cribes how t o conf igure and maintain acc ess contr ol lists, wh ich are used t o permit or deny incomin g calls or outgoing calls on an inte rface o f the A TM switch ro uter. Note This chapter prov ides adv anced conf iguration instr[...]
-
Page 384
12-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 12 Using A cce ss Cont ro l Configur ing a Templa te Alias During in itial conf iguratio n, perform th e follo wing st eps to use access control to f ilter setup messages: Step 1 Create a template alias allo wing you to use r eal names instead of A TM addresses in your A TM f i[...]
-
Page 385
12-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 2 Using Acc ess Control Configuring ATM Filter Sets Displaying the Template Alias Configuration T o displa y template alias conf ig uration, u se the follow ing pri vile ged EXEC command: Exam ple The follo wing ex ample sho ws the t emplate ali ases con figured in the pre vio[...]
-
Page 386
12-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 12 Using A cce ss Cont ro l Configur ing ATM Fi lter Sets Switch(config)# atm filter-set filter_2 deny 47.0000.8100.5678.0003.c386.b301.0003.c386.b301.00 Switch(config)# atm filter-set filter_2 permit default The fo llo wing ex ample cr eates a f ilter named fi lt e r _ 3 that [...]
-
Page 387
12-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 2 Using Acc ess Control Configuring an ATM Filter Expression Deleting Filter Sets T o delete an A TM f ilter set, use the follo wing command i n global conf iguratio n mode: Exam ple The follo w ing example sho ws how to display and delete f ilter sets: Switch# show atm filter[...]
-
Page 388
12-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 12 Using A cce ss Cont ro l Configur ing ATM In terface A ccess Control Exam ples The fo llowing exam ple d efines a simpl e filter expre ssion t hat has o nly one te rm and no op erato rs: Switch(config)# atm filter-expr training filter_1 The follo wing exa mple defines a f il[...]
-
Page 389
12-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 2 Using Acc ess Control Configuring ATM Interface Access Control Displaying ATM Filter C onfiguration T o displa y access control conf igur ation, use the follo wing EXE C commands: Exam ples The fol lo wing command displays t he conf igured A TM f ilters: Switch# show atm fil[...]
-
Page 390
12-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 12 Using A cce ss Cont ro l ATM Filter Con figuration Sc enario ATM Filter Configura tion Scenario This sec tion provide s a compl ete acc ess filter configurat ion example u sing the informa tion de scribed i n the precedin g sections. The exa mple network con figurat ion used[...]
-
Page 391
12-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 2 Using Acc ess Control Filtering IP Packets at the IP Interfaces Filter Switch(config)# atm filter-set filter_1 permit default Filter Switch(config)# atm filter-expr exp1 src filter_1 Filter Switch(config)# Filter Switch(config)# interface atm 1/0/0 Filter Switch(config-if)# [...]
-
Page 392
12-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 12 Using A cce ss Cont ro l Filterin g IP Packets a t the IP Int erface s • Extend ed IP acce ss lists use sou rce an d destina tion addr esses for matching op erati ons, as w ell as optional p rotocol ty pe informatio n for increased co ntrol. • Dynami c ex tended IP acc [...]
-
Page 393
12-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 2 Using Acc ess Control Filtering IP Packets at the IP Interfaces Applying an IP Acce ss List to an Interfa ce or Termin al Line After you create an access list, you can apply it to one or more interfac es. Access lists can be applied on either o utbound or i nbound i nterfac[...]
-
Page 394
12-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 12 Using A cce ss Cont ro l Filterin g IP Packets a t the IP Int erface s IP Access List Exam ples In the fo llowing example, network 36.0. 0.0 is a Cl ass A ne twork whose se cond octet speci fies a subnet; that is, i ts subnet ma sk is 255. 255.0. 0. The thi rd and fo urth o[...]
-
Page 395
12-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 2 Using Acc ess Control Configuring Per-Interface Address Registration with Option al Access Filters Switch(config)# access-list 102 permit tcp 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 128.88.0.0 0.0.255.255 gt 1023 Switch(config)# access-list 102 permit tcp 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 128.88.1.2[...]
-
Page 396
12-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 12 Using A cce ss Cont ro l Configur ing Per-Int erface Add ress Re gistration with Op tional Acce ss Fi lters Displaying the ILMI Access Filter C onfiguration T o displa y the interfac e ILMI address re gistration access fi lter confi guration, use the follow ing EXEC comm an[...]
-
Page 397
C HAPTER 13-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 13 Configuring IP over ATM This chapt er desc ribes how to configure IP over A TM on the A TM switch router. T he prim ary use of IP over A T M is for inba nd manageme nt of the A TM switc h router. Note This chapter prov ides adv anced conf iguration instru ctions for the Cata[...]
-
Page 398
13-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 13 Configuring IP over ATM Conf igu ring C la ssical IP over A TM The A TM switch route r can be configur ed as an A T M A RP cli ent to work wi th any A TM ARP se rver conforming to RFC 1577. Alternati vely , one of the A TM switch router s in a logical IP su bnet (LIS) can be [...]
-
Page 399
13-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 3 Configur ing IP over ATM Configuring Classical IP over ATM NSAP A ddress Example Figure 13-1 shows three A T M switch routers an d a router conne cted using class ical IP over A TM. Figur e 13 -1 Classic al IP o ver A TM Connection Se tup The fo llowing example shows how to [...]
-
Page 400
13-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 13 Configuring IP over ATM Conf igu ring C la ssical IP over A TM Configuring as an ATM AR P Server Cisco’ s implem entation of t he A TM ARP ser ver support s a single , nonre dundant server pe r LIS an d one A TM ARP server p er subinte rface. Thus, a single A TM switch rout[...]
-
Page 401
13-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 3 Configur ing IP over ATM Configuring Classical IP over ATM Exam ple The fol lo wing ex ample co nf igures th e route proc essor in terfa ce A TM 0 as an ARP serv er (sh o wn in Figure 13-1 ): ARP_Server(config)# interface atm 0 ARP_Server(config-if)# atm esi-address 0041.0b0[...]
-
Page 402
13-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 13 Configuring IP over ATM Conf igu ring C la ssical IP over A TM In a PV C environment, configure the A T M I nARP me chanism by perf orming the f ollowing steps, beginning in gl obal con figuration mo de: Repeat these t asks f or each PVC yo u wan t to cr eate. The inarp minut[...]
-
Page 403
13-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 3 Configur ing IP over ATM Mappin g a Protoc ol Address t o a PVC Using St atic Map Li sts Exam ple The follo wing example displays the map-list co nfig uration of the static map and IP-o ve r-A TM interf aces: Switch# show atm map Map list yyy : PERMANENT ip 1.1.1.2 maps to V[...]
-
Page 404
13-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 13 Configuring IP over ATM Mapping a Protocol A ddress to a P VC Using Static Ma p Lists Y ou can create multiple map lists, but only one map list ca n be associated with an interf ace. Dif f erent map li sts can be asso ciated wi th dif ferent inter faces. Exam ple Figure 13-2 [...]
-
Page 405
13-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 3 Configur ing IP over ATM Mappin g a Protoc ol Address t o a PVC Using St atic Map Li sts Displaying the Map- List Interface Configurat ion T o sho w the map-list interfac e confi guration, use the follow ing EXEC comma nd: Exam ple The follo wing exa mple displays the map-li[...]
-
Page 406
13-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 13 Configuring IP over ATM Mapping a Protocol A ddress to a P VC Using Static Ma p Lists Exam ples Figure 13-3 illustrates an SVC connectio n config ured with a map list. Figur e 13- 3 SV C Map-L ist Configur ation Ex ample The following exam ple s hows the com mand s us ed t o[...]
-
Page 407
13-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 3 Configur ing IP over ATM Polic y-Based Rout ing Policy-Based Routing Polic y-based routin g (PBR) a llows y ou to do the foll owing: • Classi fy t raf fi c ba sed o n ex tended acces s lis t crit eria. • Set IP Pr ecedence bits. • Route spec ific traf f ic to engineer[...]
-
Page 408
13-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 13 Configuring IP over ATM Policy-Ba sed Routing • The fo llowing commands ar e not sup ported: – set ip defau lt next-ho p – set ip defau lt inte rface • When yo u conf igure a po licy to re write pr ecedence with a next hop interf ace, the p recedence is rewritten onl[...]
-
Page 409
13-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 3 Configur ing IP over ATM Configuring IP Load Sharing Configuring IP Load Sharing Load sharing all ows a device to distribute the out going an d inco ming traffic among mul tiple be st paths to a par ticular d estination. I n per pac ket lo ad sharing , each p acket is distr[...]
-
Page 410
13-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 13 Configuring IP over ATM Configuring IP Load Shari ng Note Th is fea ture i s onl y available fo r Gi gabit Ethern et lin e ca rds. Note Th is fea ture sh ould on ly b e used with switche s equ ipped with En hanc ed A TM Router Module s. Th is comman d ca nnot be used wit h s[...]
-
Page 411
C HAPTER 14-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 14 Configuring LAN Emulation Thi s chapte r desc ribe s LAN emul atio n (LANE ) and ho w to conf igure it on t he A TM swit ch rou ter. Note This chapter prov ides adv anced conf iguration instru ctions for the Catal yst 8540 MSR, Catalyst 8510 MSR, and Lig htStre am 1010 A TM [...]
-
Page 412
14-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration T asks Figure 14-1 illust rates the various connec tions LAN E provides. Figur e 14-1 L ANE Concept Refer to the Guid e to ATM T echnology for the foll owing backgro und topics on LANE: • How LANE works— the operati on of LANE[...]
-
Page 413
14-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LAN E Conf igur atio n Tas ks T o co nfigur e LANE, comple te the tasks in the follo wing sections: • Creatin g a LANE Plan and W orkshee t, page 14-3 • Displayin g LANE Defau lt Addresses, page 14-6 • Enterin g the A TM Addre ss of the Conf[...]
-
Page 414
14-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration T asks Y ou ca n use A TM addre ss te mplat es in ma ny LANE c omman ds th at ass ign A T M addre sse s to LANE components or t hat link client A TM addresses to emulated LAN s. Using temp lates can gre atly simplify the u se of t[...]
-
Page 415
14-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LAN E Conf igur atio n Tas ks Example LANE Plan and Worksheet This sec tion is an e xample o f the LANE plan an d works heet that w ould be created for th e exam ple network c onfiguration d escrib ed in De fault Con figuration for a Single Emul a[...]
-
Page 416
14-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration T asks —ELAN n ame: en g_elan —Defa ult ELAN name: en g_elan —A TM a ddress : 47.00 9181000 00000E04F ACB401.00E04F ACB403.01 • LANE Client: —Location: A T M_Switch —Interfa ce/S ubinterfac e: a tm 0.1 —Ser ver/BUS n[...]
-
Page 417
14-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LAN E Conf igur atio n Tas ks Entering the A TM Add ress of the Configur ation Serv er Y ou mu st ent er the conf igur ation se rve r A TM a ddress into the A T M swit ch rout ers an d sa ve it permanent ly , so that the v alue is not lost when th[...]
-
Page 418
14-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration T asks T o set up the LECS for the default emul ated LAN, perform the follo wing steps, be ginning in glob al configurati on m ode: In Step 2, enter the A TM addr ess of t he serv er for the s pecif ied emul ated LAN, as no ted in[...]
-
Page 419
14-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LAN E Conf igur atio n Tas ks In Steps 2 an d 4, enter the A TM address of th e server for the specified emu lated LAN, as not ed in your worksheet an d obtain ed in Displ aying LAN E Default Addr esses, page 14-6 . T o set up f ault-toleran t ope[...]
-
Page 420
14-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration T asks T o set up f ault-toleran t operation, see Configuring Fault -T olerant O perati on, pag e 14-15 . Enabling th e Config uration Serv er After you create th e database entries app ropriate to the type and to the member ship[...]
-
Page 421
14-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LAN E Conf igur atio n Tas ks T o enable the con figuration se rver , perf orm the following step s, beginn ing in global co nfiguration mode: For examp les of thes e command s, see LANE C onfiguratio n Exa mples, page 14-1 7 . Note Since the 12.[...]
-
Page 422
14-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration T asks Setting Up the Server, BUS, and a Cli ent on a Subinterface T o set up the server, B US, and (op tionally ) clien ts for an emu lated LA N, perfor m the following step s, beginning in gl obal con figuration mo de: If the e[...]
-
Page 423
14-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LAN E Conf igur atio n Tas ks T o set up a clien t for an em ulated L AN, per form the following steps, beginn ing in gl obal con figuration mode: Note T o rout e traf f ic be tween an em ulated LA N and a F ast Et hernet ( FE) or Gigabit Etherne[...]
-
Page 424
14-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration T asks Note Th is connec tion ca n be used for switch rou ter mana gement only . A route proc essor (or op tional A TM router module in terface) configure d as a LANE cl ient all ows you to configure the A TM swit ch router fr om[...]
-
Page 425
14-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LAN E Conf igur atio n Tas ks Configuring Fault-To lerant Operation The LANE si mple serv er re dundanc y feature creat es fau lt tolerance u sing stan dard LANE protoc ols and mechanis ms. If a f ailure oc curs on th e LECS or on the LES/BUS, th[...]
-
Page 426
14-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration T asks Cautio n Y ou can override the LECS ad dress on any subint erface by using the lane auto- config-atm-address , lane f ixed-config- atm-address , and lane conf ig-atm-addr ess commands. W hen you perf orm a n override usin [...]
-
Page 427
14-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LANE Configuration Examples LANE Configuration Examples The e xamples in the fol lo wing sectio ns illustrate ho w to conf igure LANE f or the f ollo wing c ases: • Defa ult conf igura tion for a single emulated L AN with a LANE c lient on the [...]
-
Page 428
14-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration E xamples Ethernet Example ATM S witch ATM_Switch# show lane default-atm-addresses interface ATM13/0/0: LANE Client: 47.00918100000000E04FACB401.00E04FACB402.** LANE Server: 47.00918100000000E04FACB401.00E04FACB403.** LANE Bus: 4[...]
-
Page 429
14-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LANE Configuration Examples ATM_Switch# show lane LE Config Server ATM13/0/0 config table: eng_dbase Admin: up State: operational LECS Mastership State: active master list of global LECS addresses (46 seconds to update): 47.00918100000000E04FACB4[...]
-
Page 430
14-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration E xamples Router 1 router1# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. router1(config)# interface atm 3/0 router1(config-if)# atm pvc 1 0 5 qsaal router1(config-if)# atm pvc 2 0 16 ilmi router[...]
-
Page 431
14-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LANE Configuration Examples Catalyst 5500 S witch 1 Switch1> session 4 Trying ATM-4... Connected to ATM-4. Escape character is '^]'. ATM> enable ATM# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. [...]
-
Page 432
14-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration E xamples ATM S witch Switch# show lane LE Config Server ATM13/0/0 config table: eng_dbase Admin: up State: operational LECS Mastership State: active master list of global LECS addresses (31 seconds to update): 47.00918100000000E[...]
-
Page 433
14-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LANE Configuration Examples Token Ring E xample (Cat alyst 8510 MSR an d LightStre am 1010) In this T oken Ring exampl e, the Cisc o 7505 rout er cont ains the LECS, LE S, BUS, and an LEC . The A T M switch route r and Cat alyst 55 00 F ast Eth e[...]
-
Page 434
14-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration E xamples Catalyst 5000 S witch 1 Switch1> session 4 Trying ATM-4... Connected to ATM-4. Escape character is '^]'. ATM> enable ATM# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. A[...]
-
Page 435
14-25 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LANE Configuration Examples Displaying the LANE Client Configuration on the ATM switc h The following exam ple s hows the s how lane clie nt command displ ay for the Et hern et LANE cl ient in the A TM switch: ATM_Switch# show lane client LE Clie[...]
-
Page 436
14-26 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration E xamples Figur e 14 -4 Single Emul ate d LAN with Bac kup LANE Example N etwor k This e xample shows ho w to accept all def ault settings pro vided. F or example, it does not e xplicitly set A TM address es for the different LA [...]
-
Page 437
14-27 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LANE Configuration Examples Router 1 router1# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. router1(config)# lane database example1 router1(lane-config-database)# name eng server-atm-address 47.00918100000000603E[...]
-
Page 438
14-28 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration E xamples Router 2 router2# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. router2(config)# interface atm 3/0 router2(config-if)# atm pvc 1 0 5 qsaal router2(config-if)# atm pvc 2 0 16 ilmi router[...]
-
Page 439
14-29 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LANE Configuration Examples Router 1 router1# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. router1(config)# lane database example1 router1(lane-config-database)# name eng server-atm-address 47.00918100000000603E[...]
-
Page 440
14-30 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration E xamples Router 2 router2# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. router2(config)# interface atm 3/0 router2(config-if)# atm pvc 1 0 5 qsaal router2(config-if)# atm pvc 2 0 16 ilmi router[...]
-
Page 441
14-31 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 4 Configur ing LAN Emu lation LANE Configuration Examples Default Configura tion for a Tok en Ring EL AN with IP S ource Routin g (Catalyst 8510 MSR an d LightStream 1010) The fo llowing example shows how to configur e a si ngle emula ted T oken Ring LA N usin g a Ci sco 4500[...]
-
Page 442
14-32 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 14 Configuring LAN Emulation LANE Con figuration E xamples ATM S witch Switch# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. Switch(config)# atm lecs-address-default 47.00918100000000603E7B2001.00000C407575.00 Switch(config)# end Switch# Router[...]
-
Page 443
C HAPTER 15-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 15 Configuring ATM Accou nting, RMON, and SNMP This c hapter describ es the A TM a ccount ing, R emote Monitor ing (RMON), and SNMP fe ature s used with the A TM switch rout er. Note This chapter prov ides adv anced conf iguration instru ctions for the Catal yst 8540 MSR, Catal[...]
-
Page 444
15-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accoun ting, RMON, an d SNMP Configur ing ATM A ccount ing ATM Acco unting Overv iew The A TM accounting feature pro vides accountin g and billin g services for virtua l circuit s (VCs) used on the A TM sw itch ro uter. Y ou enable A TM accoun ting on a n edge[...]
-
Page 445
15-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 5 Configur ing ATM A ccountin g, RMON, and SNMP Configuring ATM Accounting Figur e 15 -2 Int erf ace and File Ma nagem ent for A TM A cco unting A fil e used for data colle ction actually co rresponds to two memory b uff ers on the multiservic e route processo r. One buffer is[...]
-
Page 446
15-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accoun ting, RMON, an d SNMP Configur ing ATM A ccount ing Enabling AT M Acco unting o n an Interface After yo u enabl e A TM accoun ting, you mu st configur e speci fic ingress o r egress inte rfaces, usuall y on edge switches conn ected to the ext ernal netw[...]
-
Page 447
15-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 5 Configur ing ATM A ccountin g, RMON, and SNMP Configuring ATM Accounting Configuring the ATM Ac counting Selection Table The A TM ac counting selectio n table de termines the co nnection da ta to be ga thered from the A TM switch router. T o conf igure the A TM acco unting s[...]
-
Page 448
15-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accoun ting, RMON, an d SNMP Configur ing ATM A ccount ing Exam ples The fo llowing exampl e shows how to c hange to A TM acco unting select ion co nfiguration mode a nd a dd the SPVC origin ator c onnect ion t ype entr y to se lectio n en try 1: Switch(config[...]
-
Page 449
15-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 5 Configur ing ATM A ccountin g, RMON, and SNMP Configuring ATM Accounting Configuring AT M Acco unting F iles Direct the A TM accoun tin g data bei ng gather ed fro m the con figured sele ctio n contro l table t o a spe cific A TM accountin g file. T o conf igure the A TM acc[...]
-
Page 450
15-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accoun ting, RMON, an d SNMP Configur ing ATM A ccount ing The fo llowing example shows ho w to en abl e A TM a ccount ing file configura tion mo de for a cctng_ file1 to collect conn ection data e ve ry hour: Switch(config)# atm accounting file acctng_file1 S[...]
-
Page 451
15-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 5 Configur ing ATM A ccountin g, RMON, and SNMP Configuring ATM Accounting Controlling ATM Accoun ting Data Collection T o configure the behavior of the buf fers use d for A T M acco unting col lect ion, use th e foll owing comman d in pri vi le ged EX EC m ode: Exam ples The [...]
-
Page 452
15-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accoun ting, RMON, an d SNMP Configur ing ATM A ccount ing Configurin g ATM Acco unting S NMP Trap s Y ou can co nfigure SNMP traps to be gen erate d when the A TM acc ountin g file reaches a spec ified threshold. Y ou can use these traps to alert you when a [...]
-
Page 453
15-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 5 Configur ing ATM A ccountin g, RMON, and SNMP Configuring ATM Accounting Configuring SNMP Se rver for ATM Accounting T o en able SNMP A T M accoun ting tra p generatio n and sp ecify an SNMP server , perf orm the fo llo wing steps in glob al configura tion mode : Exam ple T[...]
-
Page 454
15-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accoun ting, RMON, an d SNMP Configur ing ATM A ccount ing Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows the SNMP se rver A TM accounti ng configur ation u sing the more system:running-conf ig pri vileg ed EXE C comm and : Switch# more system:running-config Buildin[...]
-
Page 455
15-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 5 Configur ing ATM A ccountin g, RMON, and SNMP Configuring ATM Accounting Configur ing Remo te Logg ing of ATM Ac counting R ecords Y ou can collect A TM acco unting record s to a r emotely connect ed PC o r UNIX works tation. Y ou can use this method in pl ace of, or in ad [...]
-
Page 456
15-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accoun ting, RMON, an d SNMP Conf igu ring A TM RM ON The fol lowing exampl e shows the r emote loggin g configurat ion us ing the show atm accounti ng EXEC comm and: Switch# show atm accounting ATM Accounting Info: AdminStatus - UP; OperStatus : UP Trap Thre[...]
-
Page 457
15-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 5 Configur ing ATM A ccountin g, RMON, and SNMP Config uring ATM RMON The A TM-RMON ag ent u ses the 64- bit vers ion of ea ch cel l count er if 64- bit co unter sup port is present in the SN MP master -agent l ibrary . Configuring P ort Select Gro ups Previously , RMON al lo[...]
-
Page 458
15-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accoun ting, RMON, an d SNMP Conf igu ring A TM RM ON Displaying the ATM RMON Port Select Group T o displa y the A TM RMON port select group statisti cs, use the follo wing EXEC command: Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows how to display t he configurat i[...]
-
Page 459
15-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 5 Configur ing ATM A ccountin g, RMON, and SNMP Config uring ATM RMON Exam ples The fo llowing exampl e shows how to di splay th e A T M RMO N ho st configuration for port se lecti on group 6 using the show atm rmon host com mand from use r EXEC mode: Switch# show atm rmon ho[...]
-
Page 460
15-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accoun ting, RMON, an d SNMP Conf igu ring A TM RM ON Displaying the ATM RMON Configuration T o display the A TM RM ON c onfiguration , use the f ollowing privileged E XEC c omman d: Exam ple The follo wing example sho ws the A TM RMON configu ration using th[...]
-
Page 461
15-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 5 Configur ing ATM A ccountin g, RMON, and SNMP Config uring ATM RMON Displaying the Gener ated RMON Events T o displa y the generated RMON ev ents, use the foll ow ing EXEC command : Exam ple The follo wing example sho ws the RMON ev ents genera ted using the show rmon event[...]
-
Page 462
15-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accoun ting, RMON, an d SNMP Conf igu rin g SNMP Exam ple The fol lowing example shows th e RMON alar ms and events using t he sho w rmon alar ms e ve nts EXEC comm and: Switch# show rmon alarms events Event 1 is active, owned by nms 3 Description is test Eve[...]
-
Page 463
15-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 5 Configur ing ATM A ccountin g, RMON, and SNMP Configuring SNMP The MIB is a virtual inform ation storage area for netw ork management infor mation, which consists of collec tions of mana ged obje cts. For a det ailed d escriptio n of SNMP and SNMP configuratio n see t he fo[...]
-
Page 464
15-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accoun ting, RMON, an d SNMP Conf igu rin g SNMP The snmp-ser ver host co mmand speci fies which ho sts will re cei ve t raps. T he snmp-ser ver ena ble traps command globall y enables th e trap prod uction me chanism for the speci fied traps. In order for a [...]
-
Page 465
15-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 5 Configur ing ATM A ccountin g, RMON, and SNMP Configuring SNMP Configuring Interfac e Index Persistence The inter face inde x persistence f eature al low s interfac es to be identif ied with unique v alues that remai n consta nt ev en when a device is reboote d. These in te[...]
-
Page 466
15-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accoun ting, RMON, an d SNMP Conf igu rin g SNMP Exam ple The fo llowing exampl e shows the SN MP c onfiguration using the show snmp pri vile ged EX EC comm and: Switch# show snmp 497 SNMP packets input 0 Bad SNMP version errors 0 Unknown community name 0 Ill[...]
-
Page 467
C HAPTER 16-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 16 Configuring Tag Switching a nd MPLS This chap ter de scribe s tag swit ching, a high-perf ormance packet -for ward ing techn ology th at assign s tags to mulitproto col frames for transpor t across packet- or cell- based networks. Note This chapter prov ides adv anced conf i[...]
-
Page 468
16-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS Hardwa re and Softwar e Requirem ents and Rest rictions (Ca talyst 85 40 MSR) In a t ag swi tching network , the Laye r 3 he ader is an alyze d jus t once . It i s the n ma pped in to a s hort fix ed-l ength ta g. At each hop, t he fo rwardi[...]
-
Page 469
16-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS Configuring Tag Switching • Configuring a VPI Range (Optiona l), p age 16- 6 • Configuring T DP Co ntrol Cha nnels ( Optiona l), page 16- 8 • Configuring T ag Switc hing on VP T unnels, pag e 16-9 • Connecting the VP T unnels, page[...]
-
Page 470
16-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS Configuring Tag Switchin g Internet address is 1.0.1.11/24 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 8000000 Kbit, DLY 5000 usec, rely 255/255, load 1/255 Encapsulation LOOPBACK, loopback not set, keepalive set (10 sec) Last input 00:00:03, output never, output ha[...]
-
Page 471
16-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS Configuring Tag Switching Switch(config)# interface atm 0/0/3 Switch(config-if)# ip address 1.3.11.3 255.255.0.0 Switch(config-if)# tag-switching ip Switch(config-if)# exit Displaying the ATM Interface Configuration T o display th e A TM i[...]
-
Page 472
16-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS Configuring Tag Switchin g Note An IP ad dress o f 1.1 .1.1 wi th a subne t mask of 255. 255.25 5.0 is en tered as an I P net work pre fix of 1.1.1.0 with a subne t mas k of 0.0.0.25 5. Li ke wise , an IP addr ess of 1.2.1.1 with a subn et m[...]
-
Page 473
16-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS Configuring Tag Switching T o change the default tag VPI range, pe rform the following ste ps, beginning in global co nfigurati on mode: Exam ples The following exam ple shows how to s elect a VPI rang e fro m 5 to 6 ( a ra nge of t wo), a[...]
-
Page 474
16-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS Configuring Tag Switchin g IP tagging enabled TSP Tunnel tagging not enabled Tagging operational MTU = 4470 ATM tagging: Tag VPI range = 5 - 6, Control VC = 6/32 <information deleted> Configuring T DP Contro l Channels (Optional) Altho[...]
-
Page 475
16-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS Configuring Tag Switching Switch(config-if)# ip address 1.2.0.12 255.255.255.0 Switch(config-if)# tag-switching ip Switch(config-if)# tag-switching atm control-vc 6 32 Switch(config-if)# exit If you are having tro uble e stabl ishing a TD [...]
-
Page 476
16-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS Configuring Tag Switchin g Because a VP tunn el run s betw een sw itches , you m ust also c onfigure a VP tun nel on the c onne cting A TM interfa ce on the destin ation switch. The e xamples tha t follo w sho w how to configu re VP tunnels[...]
-
Page 477
16-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS Configuring Tag Switching T o connec t the source and des tina tion swit ch VP tu nnels , pro ceed to the n ext section, “ Conne cting the VP Tunnels .” Displaying the VP Tunne l Configuration T o displa y the VP tunnel conf iguratio [...]
-
Page 478
16-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS Configuring Tag Switchin g Displaying the VP Tunne l Configuration The fo llowing exam ple sh ows PVP 51 on A TM interfac e 0/1/1 conn ected to PV P 101 o n A T M interface 0/1/ 3: Switch# show atm vp Interface VPI Type X-Interface X-VPI St[...]
-
Page 479
16-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS Configuring Tag Switching CoS Configuring Tag Switching Co S Quality of servi ce (QoS) allo ws A TM to meet th e transm ission qua lity and service a vail ability of many different t ypes of dat a. The need for d elay-se nsitive data, s u[...]
-
Page 480
16-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS Configuring Tag Switchin g CoS When tag switch ing is enabled on a hi erar chical VP t unnel, the tunn el can o nly be us ed fo r tag swi tching. Because hier arch ical V P tunne ls su pport on ly four serv ice cl asses, both TVCs and A TM [...]
-
Page 481
16-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS Configuring Tag Switching CoS Exam ple In the fol lowing exampl e, A TM interfa ce 0/ 0/3 is configured wit h ser vice c lass 1 and a WRR weig ht of 3: Switch(config)# interface atm 0/0/3 Switch(config-if)# atm service-class 1 wrr-weight [...]
-
Page 482
16-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS Configuring Tag Switchin g CoS Rx connection-traffic-table-index: 63998 Rx service-category: WRR_1 (WRR Bit Rate) Rx pcr-clp01: none Rx scr-clp01: none Rx mcr-clp01: none Rx cdvt: 1616833580 (from default for interface) Rx mbs: none Tx conn[...]
-
Page 483
16-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS Threshol d Group fo r TBR Cla sses Threshold Group fo r TBR Classes A threshol d group utiliz es the memory ef f icient ly among VCs of a p articular traf fic ty pe. Each thr eshold group i s prog ramm ed wi th a d ynamic me mory allocat [...]
-
Page 484
16-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS CTT Row T able 16-7 gives the eight thre sholds fo r thre shold gr oups 6 , 7, 8, and 9. For more infor matio n about t hreshold groups an d configurat ion par ameters, see C hapter 9 , “C onfiguring Resource Manage ment,” an d the Guid[...]
-
Page 485
16-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS Tag Swit ching C onfigur ation Ex ample Tag Switching Config uration Example Figure 16-4 shows an exampl e tag sw itchi ng net work. Figu re 16-4 E xam ple Ne twork for T ag Switchi ng Router 5-1 Config uration The co nfiguration of route[...]
-
Page 486
16-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS Tag Switchi ng Configu ration Exam ple Router 5-3 Config uration The co nfiguration of router R5- 3, inter face e0/ 2, follows: router_R5-3# configure terminal router_R5-3(config)# ip cef switch router_R5-3(config)# tag-switching advertise-[...]
-
Page 487
16-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS MPLS Ov ervi ew atm_A6-4(config-if)# ip address 189.24.14.12 255.255.0.0 atm_A6-4(config-if)# tag-switching ip atm_A6-4(config-if)# exit The conf iguration of A TM sw itch rout er A6-4, in terface atm 0 /0/3, follo ws: atm_A6-4# configure[...]
-
Page 488
16-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS MPLS Over view Hardware and S oftware Restric tions The fol lo wing restriction s or limita tions app ly to MPLS on the Cat alyst 8540, Cata lyst 8510 and Light Stream 1010: • MPLS is suppor ted on the Enhanced Giga bit Ether net, POS, En[...]
-
Page 489
16-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS MPLS Ov ervi ew • BVI cann ot be MPLS ena bled. • BVI cann ot be VRF enable d. • Statistics a t label le vel are n ot supported. • Layer 2 stat istics or La yer 3 stati stics for A TM interface are no t supporte d. • When usin g[...]
-
Page 490
16-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS MPLS Over view exchanges bet ween ne twork routi ng platform s is ident ical. The di fferences betwe en LDP and TD P for those featur es suppor ted by both protoc ols are largely embe dded in thei r respec tiv e implemen tation details. F o[...]
-
Page 491
16-25 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS MPLS Ov ervi ew Distribution of L abel Bindings Each label switc h router (LSR) in the netw ork makes an independe nt, local decision as to which labe l v alue to us e to rep resent an FEC. This associ ation is kno wn as labe l binding. E[...]
-
Page 492
16-26 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS MPLS Over view Figur e 16 -5 Summary Rout e Propag ation Between LS Rs LFIB Table Look Up Process Figure 16-6 shows the packet tra nsmiss ion and LFIB tab le look up proc ess used betwe en a source and destinat ion over an A TM MPLS network[...]
-
Page 493
16-27 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS MPLS Networ k Packet Tr ansmiss ion Figur e 16 -6 A TM MPLS LFIB T able Upda te MPLS Network Packet Tra nsmission This section pro vides a description of a packe t being transmitted across an MLPS enabled networ k and the pr ocess use d t[...]
-
Page 494
16-28 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS Configur ing Lab el E dge R outing Figure 16-7 shows a packet as it trav erse a netwo rk from its source on networ k 130.0.0.0 to its destinati on on network 180.0.0. 0. Figur e 16 -7 A TM MPLS Examp le Netw or k P ack et T r ansmissi on Th[...]
-
Page 495
16-29 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS Confi guring Labe l Edge R outing be select ed base d upon the CoS value in the in coming label o r T oS in the IP pa cket. The en hanc ed A TM router module (ARM) se rves as the pr oxy in terface for every incom ing and o utgoin g A TM i[...]
-
Page 496
16-30 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS Configur ing Lab el E dge R outing MPLS Processing T o configure L ER w ith the en hanc ed A TM router module acti ng as MPL S edge pro xy , pe rform the following steps: Note Y ou must enabl e MPLS on the A TM in terface by using th e mpls[...]
-
Page 497
16-31 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS MPLS Over Fast E therne t Interfa ces Tag Switc hing Proc essing T o configure L ER w ith the enhanc ed A TM route r modul e act ing a s a tag ed ge p roxy , perfo rm t he following steps: Note Y ou must enable t ag switch ing on th e A T[...]
-
Page 498
16-32 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS MPLS Over Fas t Et hern et In ter face s forwar ds all M PLS pack ets it rec eiv es to the e nhanc ed A TM rout er mo dule. It also for wards all IP packets t o the enha nced A TM r outer module if a VRF is configur ed on the Fast Etherne t[...]
-
Page 499
16-33 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS MPLS VPNs • Each F ast Ether net interf ace can be link ed with only o ne Enhanced A TM router module in terfa ce. Ho we v er , more tha n one Fast Ethe rnet interf ace can be lin ked with the same E nhanc ed A TM router module . MPLS V[...]
-
Page 500
16-34 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS MPLS VPNs proc essor on beha lf of the inte rface s. The VPN inter faces forw ard all IP pack ets the y recei ve from the CE device to the enhanc ed A TM router mod ule. The enhanc ed A TM route r modul e processe s the pac kets and forward[...]
-
Page 501
16-35 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS MPLS VPNs Note Th e en hanced A TM route r mod ule pr ovides efficient MP LS pr ocessin g for four Fast Ethe rnet int erface s. Network Configur ation Example Figure 16-8 is an exam ple of an MPLS V PN us ing A TM sw itch router s. Figur [...]
-
Page 502
16-36 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS MPLS VPNs router bgp 104 bgp log-neighbor-changes redistribute connected neighbor 12.0.0.2 remote-as 100 ! 8540-ATM-PE1 Configurat ion The co nfiguration of A TM switc h router 85 40-A T M-PE1 , follows: ! ip vrf vpn1 rd 200:1 route-target [...]
-
Page 503
16-37 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS MPLS VPNs 8540-ATM-P Configuration The co nfiguration of A TM swit ch route r 8540-A TM-P , foll ows: ! interface Loopback0 ip address 23.0.0.1 255.255.255.255 end ! interface ATM12/0/0 ip unnumbered Loopback0 logging event subif-link-sta[...]
-
Page 504
16-38 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS MPLS VPNs router ospf 100 log-adjacency-changes network 24.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 100 ! router bgp 100 bgp log-neighbor-changes neighbor 22.0.0.1 remote-as 100 neighbor 22.0.0.1 update-source Loopback0 ! address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1 redis[...]
-
Page 505
16-39 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS MPLS VPNs Configuring MPLS VPN Usin g ATM R FC 14 83 Interfaces Def ined in RFC 1483, multipr otocol encapsu lation o ver A TM, pro vides a mechan isms for carrying traff ic other th an just IP traffic. RFC 1483 specifies two w ays to do [...]
-
Page 506
16-40 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS MPLS VPNs The fo llowing example sh ows how to configure th e RFC 1483 MPLS V PN int erfac e conne cted t o the custome r equipm ent from the PE A TM sw itch rou ter and cross co nnec ted to the e nhanced A TM rou ter module in terface: 854[...]
-
Page 507
16-41 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS MPLS VPNs Note For thi s example L DP and IP CE F are runn ing. 75k-CE1 Con figuration The co nfigurati on of route r 75k -CE1, fo llows: ! interface ATM0/0.2 point-to-point ip address 12.0.0.1 255.255.0.0 atm pvc 30 3 300 aal5snap end ! [...]
-
Page 508
16-42 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS MPLS VPNs ! router bgp 100 bgp log-neighbor-changes neighbor 24.0.0.1 remote-as 100 neighbor 24.0.0.1 update-source Loopback0 ! address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1 redistribute connected neighbor 12.0.0.1 remote-as 104 neighbor 12.0.0.1 activate n[...]
-
Page 509
16-43 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 6 Configuring Tag Switchin g and MPLS MPLS VPNs interface Loopback0 ip address 24.0.0.1 255.255.255.255 end ! interface ATM2/0/0.1 point-to-point ip vrf forwarding vpn1 ip address 7.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 end ! ! interface ATM12/0/1 no ip address atm pvc 2 100 pd on interface ATM2/0[...]
-
Page 510
16-44 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS MPLS VPNs ! ! router bgp 105 bgp log-neighbor-changes redistribute connected neighbor 7.0.0.1 remote-as 100 ![...]
-
Page 511
C HAPTER 17-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 17 Configuring Signalling Features This chapte r describes signalling- related features and th eir config uration for the A TM switch router . Note This chapter prov ides adv anced conf iguration instru ctions for the Catal yst 8540 MSR, Catalyst 851 0 MSR, a nd L ightStre am 1[...]
-
Page 512
17-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 1 7 Co nfig urin g Si gna llin g Fe atur es Configur ing Signalli ng IE Forw arding Configuring Si gnalling IE Fo rwarding Y ou enable sign alling infor mation elemen t (IE) forw arding of the sp ecif ied IE from the calling party to the called pa rty . Note The default is to t[...]
-
Page 513
17-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 7 Configur ing Signalling F eatures Config uring ATM SVC F ram e Disc ard Exam ple The following exam ple d isplays the modified configura tion o f the signal ling IE f orwardin g: Switch# more system:running-config Building configuration... Current configuration: ! version XX[...]
-
Page 514
17-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 1 7 Co nfig urin g Si gna llin g Fe atur es Configur ing E.16 4 Add resse s • When y ou co nf igure atm s vc-f ram e-dis card- on-a al5i e , frame d iscard is installed if the AAL5 informatio n elemen t is present . • When y ou co nf igure no atm sv c-frame-di scard-on-aal [...]
-
Page 515
17-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 7 Configur ing Signalling F eatures Config uri ng E. 164 A ddres ses The fo llowing sect ions descri be co nfiguring E .164 suppor t: • E.164 Co n version M ethods, page 1 7-5 • Configuring E.1 64 Gateway , page 17-5 • Configuring E.1 64 Address Aut ocon version, pag e 1[...]
-
Page 516
17-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 1 7 Co nfig urin g Si gna llin g Fe atur es Configur ing E.16 4 Add resse s Configuring an E.164 Address Static Route T o conf igur e an E.164 addr ess static rout e, use the follo wing co mmand in glo bal conf iguration mo de: Exam ple The follo wing exam ple uses th e atm rou[...]
-
Page 517
17-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 7 Configur ing Signalling F eatures Config uri ng E. 164 A ddres ses T o configure an E .164 address o n a per-inte rface ba sis, perfo rm t he fol lowing steps, beginni ng in g lobal configurati on m ode: Exam ple The following exam ple sh ows how to configure the E.16 4 add [...]
-
Page 518
17-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 1 7 Co nfig urin g Si gna llin g Fe atur es Configur ing E.16 4 Add resse s Configurin g E.164 Ad dress Au toconvers ion If your net work uses E164_ ZDSP or E16 4_AESA a ddresses, you can configure E.164 addr ess autoc on version. The E 164_ZDSP a nd E164_ AESA ad dresses in cl[...]
-
Page 519
17-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 7 Configur ing Signalling F eatures Config uri ng E. 164 A ddres ses Displaying the E.164 Address Autoconversion T o displa y the E.164 conf igurat ion on an interf ace, use the foll ow ing EXEC command : Exam ple The following exam ple sh ows how to displa y the E.164 configu[...]
-
Page 520
17-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 1 7 Co nfig urin g Si gna llin g Fe atur es Configur ing E.16 4 Add resse s Conf iguring one-to-one E. 164 translation table s requires the follo wing steps: Step 1 Conf igure spec ifi c A TM in terf ace(s) to conn ect t o E.164 publ ic netw orks to use the translati on tab le[...]
-
Page 521
17-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 7 Configur ing Signalling F eatures Configuring Signalling Diagnostics Tables Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows ho w to display t he E.164 t ransla tion ta ble con figuration: Switch# more system:running-config Building configuration... Current configuration: ! version [...]
-
Page 522
17-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 1 7 Co nfig urin g Si gna llin g Fe atur es Configur ing Signal ling Diagno stics Ta bles 1 and 50, used to uniquely identify each set of f iltering c riteria you selec t. Each fi ltering cr iteria o ccupies one entry in the sign alling diagno stics table . Each entr y in the [...]
-
Page 523
17-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 7 Configur ing Signalling F eatures Configuring Signalling Diagnostics Tables The display tab le contains the reco rds that were collec ted based on e ve ry filte ring criteria in the f ilter table. Ea ch filte ring criteri a has only a specif ied number of recor ds that are [...]
-
Page 524
17-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 1 7 Co nfig urin g Si gna llin g Fe atur es Configur ing Signal ling Diagno stics Ta bles The follo wing example sho ws how to confi gure the fi lter entry for f iltering f ailed calls that cam e in through A TM inte rface 1 /1/1: Switch(config)# atm signalling diagnostics 1 S[...]
-
Page 525
17-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 7 Configur ing Signalling F eatures Confi guring Cl osed User Gr oup Sig nalling Switch# show atm signalling diagnostics record 1 D I S P L A Y I N D E X 1 -------------------------------- Scope: internal, Cast Type: p2p, Conn Indicator: Setup Failure Connection Kind: switche[...]
-
Page 526
17-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 1 7 Co nfig urin g Si gna llin g Fe atur es Configuring Closed User G roup Signal ling Configuring a CUG is desc ribed in the following sections : • Configuring Al iases for CUG I nterloc k Codes, page 17-16 • Configuring CUG o n an Inter face, page 17- 16 • Display ing [...]
-
Page 527
17-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 7 Configur ing Signalling F eatures Confi guring Cl osed User Gr oup Sig nalling Note Y o u can c onfigure CU G servi ce without any prefe rentia l CUG. If a pre ferent ial CU G is not configured on th e inte rfa ce, and cal ls fr om users atta ched to this interf ace to unkn[...]
-
Page 528
17-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 1 7 Co nfig urin g Si gna llin g Fe atur es Configuring Closed User G roup Signal ling Exam ples The fol lowing example disp lays the globa l CUG configu ration using the show atm sig nalling cug EXEC comm and: Switch# show atm signalling cug Interface: ATM3/0/0 Cug Alias Name[...]
-
Page 529
17-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 7 Configur ing Signalling F eatures Confi guring Cl osed User Gr oup Sig nalling Displaying the Signall ing Statistics T o display the A TM signalling st atistics, u se the fol low ing EXEC com mand: Exam ple The follo w ing example di splays the A TM signalling statistics: S[...]
-
Page 530
17-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 1 7 Co nfig urin g Si gna llin g Fe atur es Disabli ng Signalling on an Interface Disabling Signalling on an Interface If you disabl e signal ling on a Private Network-Network Interface ( PNNI) in terface, PNNI ro uting is al so disabl ed and Inte grated Local Manage ment Inte[...]
-
Page 531
17-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 7 Configur ing Signalling F eatures Multipoi nt-t o-Point Funnel Sig nalli ng Exam ples Use the show atm status comm and t o disp lay t he nu mber of ac tiv e funn els, p oint -to-point an d point-t o-mult ipoint setup message s. An example of the show atm stat us com mand ou[...]
-
Page 532
17-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 1 7 Co nfig urin g Si gna llin g Fe atur es Multipoi nt-to-Point F unnel Signall ing[...]
-
Page 533
C HAPTER 18-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 18 Configuring Interfaces This ch apter d escrib es the ste ps requ ired to c onfigure the physical interfac es on the A TM switch router. Y our swit ch is conf igured as spec ified in your o rder and is ready for insta llation an d startup wh en it lea v es the fact ory . Note[...]
-
Page 534
18-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 18 Configuring Interfaces Configur ing 25-Mb ps Interface s (Cat alyst 851 0 MSR and Lig htStream 1010 ) Note For hardw are installation an d cabling instructio ns, refer to the A TM P ort Adapte r and Interfac e Module Ins tal la tio n Gu id e . For comple te descriptions of t [...]
-
Page 535
18-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 8 Configur ing Interfac es Configu ring 155-Mbps SM, MM, and UTP Inte rfaces For the 12 -port 25-M bps p ort ad apter, the fol lowing para meter s can b e co nfigured on phy sical po rts 0 or 6. Paramete rs co nfigured on port 0 apply to port s 0 to 5, a nd para meter s config[...]
-
Page 536
18-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 18 Configuring Interfaces Configur ing 155- Mbps SM, M M, and UTP Int erfaces Note Th e 155 -Mbps port a dapter support s mixed mode. Po rt 0 is a single -mode i nterface and ports 1 through 3 a re multimode interfaces. The port adapter supports SC-type and unshielded twisted-pa[...]
-
Page 537
18-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 8 Configur ing Interfac es Configur ing OC-3c MMF Inter faces (Cataly st 8540 MSR) Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple c onfigures A TM inter face 3/1 /1 as the ne twork sid e of a private UNI running ver si on 3 . 1. Switch# interface atm 3/1/1 Switch(config-if)# no atm auto-con[...]
-
Page 538
18-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 18 Configuring Interfaces Configur ing 622- Mbps SM and MM Inte rfaces • Synchrono us T ransfe r Signal (STS) st ream scra mbling = on • Cell payloa d scrambli ng = on Manual OC-3 c MMF Inte rface Co nfiguration (Catalyst 8540 MSR) T o manual ly cha nge any of th e de fault [...]
-
Page 539
18-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 8 Configur ing Interfac es Config uring 62 2-Mbps SM and MM Interfa ces Default 622-Mbps ATM In terface Config uration w ithout Autoconfiguration If ILM I has be en disabl ed or if the conn ecting end node does not suppo rt ILM I, th e foll owing defau lts are a ssigned to al [...]
-
Page 540
18-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 18 Configuring Interfaces Configur ing 622- Mbps SM and MM Inte rfaces Manual 62 2-Mbp s Inte rface Configuration T o manual ly cha nge any of th e de fault con figuration values, per form the fo llowing ste ps, beginn ing in global configurati on mode: Exam ples The follo wing [...]
-
Page 541
18-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 8 Configur ing Interfac es Configurin g OC-12c SM and MM In terfaces (Ca talyst 8540 MSR) Configuring OC-12c SM and MM Interfaces (Catalyst 8540 MSR) The 4-po rt OC-12c SM and MM interf ace modu les pro vide eith er single- mode or m ultimode intermed iate reach. The OC-12 c i[...]
-
Page 542
18-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 18 Configuring Interfaces Configur ing OC-12 c SM and MM In terfaces (Catalyst 8 540 MSR) Manual OC-1 2c Interfa ce Config uration (C atalyst 854 0 MSR ) T o manual ly cha nge any of th e de fault con figuration values, per form the fo llowing ste ps, beginn ing in global confi[...]
-
Page 543
18-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 8 Configur ing Interfac es Configurin g OC-48c SM and MM In terfaces (Ca talyst 8540 MSR) Configuring OC-48c SM and MM Interfaces (Catalyst 8540 MSR) The Cataly st 8540 MSR sup ports the fo llo wing three OC-48c SM and MM inte rmediate r each f iber interf ace m odules: • 1[...]
-
Page 544
18-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 18 Configuring Interfaces Configur ing OC-48 c SM and MM In terfaces (Catalyst 8 540 MSR) Manual OC-4 8c Interfa ce Config uration (C atalyst 854 0 MSR ) T o manual ly cha nge any of th e de fault con figuration values, per form the fo llowing ste ps, beginn ing in global confi[...]
-
Page 545
18-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 8 Configur ing Interfac es Configuring DS3 and E3 Interfaces Configuring DS3 a nd E3 Interfa ces The 45-Mb ps DS3 a nd the 34- Mbps E3 port adapte rs ar e used fo r wide-ar ea connec tions, t o link multiple campuse s, or to co nnect to publ ic networ ks. DS3 and E3 Interface[...]
-
Page 546
18-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 18 Configuring Interfaces Configur ing DS3 and E3 Interfaces • Auto-f erf on LOS = on • Auto-fe rf on OOF = on • Auto-f erf on LC D = on (ap plicab le to nonpl cp m ode o nly) • Auto-f erf on AIS = on Manual DS3 and E 3 Interface Co nfiguration T o manual ly cha nge any[...]
-
Page 547
18-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 8 Configur ing Interfac es Configu ring T1/ E1 Trunk I nterfa ces Configuring T1/E 1 Trunk Int erfaces The T1 and E1 t runk po rt a dapters, used for interca mpus o r wid e-area link s, have four po rts. T1/E1 Trunk Interface Configuration The A TM switch router suppo rts any[...]
-
Page 548
18-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 18 Configuring Interfaces Configur ing T1/E1 Trunk Inte rfaces E1 port ad apter: • Fram ing = g. 832 adm • Line co ding = HD B3 • Cell payloa d scrambli ng = off • Clock source = network-de riv ed • Auto-f erf on LOS = on • Auto-fe rf on OOF = on • Auto-f erf on r[...]
-
Page 549
18-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 8 Configur ing Interfac es Troubl eshootin g the Inte rface C onfigu ration Exam ples The follo wing example sho ws ho w to change the defa ult A TM interfa ce type to priv ate using the atm uni type private co mmand: Switch# configure terminal Switch(config)# interface atm 0[...]
-
Page 550
18-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 18 Configuring Interfaces Troubles hooting the I nterface Configu ration[...]
-
Page 551
C HAPTER 19-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 19 Configuring Circuit Emulation Services Thi s chapte r desc ribe s circui t emulat ion s ervic es (CES) and ho w to conf igu re the CES T1/E 1 port adapters in the Cata lyst 8540 MSR, Catalyst 851 0 MSR, and L ightStream 1010 A TM switch r outers. Y ou can use CES T1/E1 port [...]
-
Page 552
19-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Overvi ew of CES T1/E 1 Interfa ces Overview of CES T1/E1 Interfac es Y ou can us e CES T1/E1 p ort adapte rs for links that requ ire CBR ser vices, suc h as interco nnecti ng PBXs, time- di vision mu ltiple x ers (TD Ms), and vi deo[...]
-
Page 553
19-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Overview of CES T1/E1 Interfaces • atmfCESLos tCells • atmfCESMisinserted Cellsz • atmfCESRetr yLimit • atmfCESLoca lAddr (not write able) Framing Formats and Line Co ding Options for CES Mod ules The CE S modul es s upport th [...]
-
Page 554
19-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Con figur ing CES T1/E 1 Inte rfa ces The fo llowing defaults ar e assigned to CES T1 port ada pters: • Framing = ESF • Line co ding = B8ZS The fo llowing defaults ar e assigned to CES E1 port ada pters: • Fram ing = E1_L T •[...]
-
Page 555
19-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Configuring CES T1/E1 Interfaces • Sets the AS CII na me for the CE S-IW F circu it. The maxi mum le ngth is 64 char act ers. Th e default is CBRx/x/x:0. • Enables the partia l AAL1 cell fil l service for structure d servic e only [...]
-
Page 556
19-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Con figur ing CES T1/E 1 Inte rfa ces Exam ples The follo wing example sho ws how to change the defa ult cell delay v ariation f or circuit 0 to 30,000, using the ces cir cuit co mmand : Switch# configure terminal Switch(config)# int[...]
-
Page 557
19-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services General Guidelines for Creating Soft PVCs for Circuit Emulation Services The following exam ple sh ows how to ch ange the d efault CBR i nterfac e fram ing mode t o supe r fram e, using the ces ds x1 fram ing comm and: Switch# configur[...]
-
Page 558
19-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices General Gu idelines for Creat ing Soft PVCs fo r Circuit Emulatio n Services T o co nfigur e soft PVCs for either unst ructured or structure d circuit emulatio n services, follo w these steps: Step 1 Determi ne which CES interf aces [...]
-
Page 559
19-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Unstruc tured Ci rcuit E mulatio n Services Step 7 Conf igure the source (acti v e) end of the soft PVC last, using the informatio n deriv e d from Step 6 . Y ou must configure th e source e nd of the sof t PVC last[...]
-
Page 560
19-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Unstruc tured Circui t Emulati on Service s Configuring Network Clock ing for Unstructured CES Circu it emulation servic es require th at the networ k clock be conf igured pro perly . Uns tructur ed servi ces can [...]
-
Page 561
19-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Unstruc tured Ci rcuit E mulatio n Services T o conf igure a har d PVC for unstr uctu red CES , fol lo w thes e ste ps, be gi nning in pri vileg ed EXE C mode : Exam ple The fo llowing exampl e shows how to co nfig[...]
-
Page 562
19-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Unstruc tured Circui t Emulati on Service s CESwitch# show atm status NUMBER OF INSTALLED CONNECTIONS: (P2P=Point to Point, P2MP=Point to MultiPoint, MP2P=Multipoint to Point) Type PVCs SoftPVCs SVCs TVCs PVPs Sof[...]
-
Page 563
19-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Unstruc tured Ci rcuit E mulatio n Services Verifying a Hard PVC for Unstruc tured CES T o verify the hard PVC configurati on, use the following privileged EXEC co mmand s: Exam ples The fo llowing example shows ho[...]
-
Page 564
19-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Unstruc tured Circui t Emulati on Service s The destinatio n address of a soft PVC can point to either of the follo wing: • Any A TM swi tch rout er e xtern al A TM po rt in th e netw ork • A port i n any ot h[...]
-
Page 565
19-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Unstruc tured Ci rcuit E mulatio n Services Phase 1—Configurin g the Destination (Passive) Side of the Soft PV C T o conf ig ure the destinatio n (passi ve) side of a soft PVC d estination port , follow th ese st[...]
-
Page 566
19-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Unstruc tured Circui t Emulati on Service s CESwitch(config-if)# ces dsx1 clock source network-derived CESwitch(config-if)# ces circuit 0 circuit-name CBR-PVC-B CESwitch(config-if)# no shutdown Note If you do no t[...]
-
Page 567
19-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Unstruc tured Ci rcuit E mulatio n Services Exam ple The fo llowing example sh ows ho w to co nfigure th e sou rce (act ive) side of a soft P VC, as shown in Figure 19-2 : CESwitch# show ces address CES-IWF ATM Add[...]
-
Page 568
19-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices Dst: atm addr 47.0091.8100.0000.00e0.4fac.b401.4000.0c81.8030.00 The follo wing e xample sho ws ho w to display th e detailed circuit in formation for CBR 3/0/0, t[...]
-
Page 569
19-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices Configuring Network Cloc king for Structur ed CES Circuit emula tion serv ices re quir e that t he net work clo ck be co nfigured pro perl y . For stru ctur ed se[...]
-
Page 570
19-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices T o configure the C ES port for stru cture d CES, fo llow these ste ps, beginni ng in privileged EX EC mod e: Exam ple The following exampl e sh ows how to configu[...]
-
Page 571
19-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices Name Status Status Status Reg State State State ------------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------ --------- -------- ATM0/0/1 DOWN down waiting n/a Idle n[...]
-
Page 572
19-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices Verifying a Hard PVC for Structured CES T o verify the hard PVC configured wit h struct ured serv ices, use the following pr i vileged EX EC comm ands: Exam ples T[...]
-
Page 573
19-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices Configuring a Hard PVC for Structured CES with a S haped VP Tunne l A shaped VP tunnel is a VP tunnel that, by def ault, carries onl y VCs of the constant bit rat[...]
-
Page 574
19-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices Note Even th ough the sh aped VP tunn el is defined as CBR, it can carry PVCs of anothe r service c ategory by substitutin g the ne w service cate gory afte r the [...]
-
Page 575
19-25 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices Phase 2—Configurin g a Hard PVC T o conf igure a har d PVC, f ollo w the se step s: Command Purpose Step 1 Switch# show ces status Displays inform ation abou t [...]
-
Page 576
19-26 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices Exam ple The following exampl e sh ows how to co nfigure hard PVC s for the shap ed V P tun ne l. CESwitch# show ces status Interface IF Admin Port Channels in Nam[...]
-
Page 577
19-27 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices ATM3/1/0 DOWN down waiting n/a Idle n/a ATM3/1/1 UP up done UpAndNormal Active 2way_in ATM3/1/1.99 UP up done UpAndNormal Active 2way_in ATM3/1/2 DOWN down waitin[...]
-
Page 578
19-28 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices Configured CDV 2000 usecs, Measured CDV unavailable De-jitter: UnderFlow unavailable, OverFlow unavailable ErrTolerance 8, idleCircuitdetect OFF, onHookIdleCode 0x[...]
-
Page 579
19-29 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices T o obtai n the destination address for an already conf igured port in a CES module, log into the remo te A TM sw itch router cont ainin g that module . Th en use[...]
-
Page 580
19-30 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices Phase 1—Configurin g the Destination (Passive) Side of a Soft PVC T o configure a destina tion (pa ssiv e) side of a soft PVC for st ructure d CES, fol low these[...]
-
Page 581
19-31 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices Exam ple The fo llowing exampl e sh ows ho w to configure the de stination (pa ssi ve) side of a soft PV C for structu red T1 CES, as s how n in Figure 19 -5 : CE[...]
-
Page 582
19-32 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices Exam ple The followi ng example shows ho w to configure the source (activ e) side of a soft PVC for stru ctured CES, as sh own in Figure 19- 5 : CESwitch# show ces[...]
-
Page 583
19-33 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices Verifying a Soft PVC for Structured CE S T o verify the sof t PVC con figured with stru ctured CE S, use th e foll owing E XEC comm ands: Exam ples The follo wing[...]
-
Page 584
19-34 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices Dst: atm addr 47.0091.8100.0000.00e0.4fac.b401.4000.0c81.8030.00 Configuring a Soft PVC for Structured CES with CAS Enabled Since the CES T1/E1 port ada pter emul [...]
-
Page 585
19-35 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices Figur e 1 9-6 Soft P V C Configur ed f or Str uctu r ed CES with CA S Enab led T o co nf igure a sof t PVC for structu red CES with CAS enab led, follo w these st[...]
-
Page 586
19-36 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices Exam ple The following exampl e sh ows how to enab le c hann el-as soci ated si gnall ing (C AS) on a soft P VC (see Figure 19 -6 ): CESwitch# show ces status Inte[...]
-
Page 587
19-37 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices cas ON, cell_header 0x100 (vci = 16) Configured CDV 2000 usecs, Measured CDV unavailable De-jitter: UnderFlow unavailable, OverFlow unavailable ErrTolerance 8, id[...]
-
Page 588
19-38 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices CESwitch(config-if)# shutdown CESwitch(config-if)# ces circuit 1 cas on-hook-detect 2 CESwitch(config-if)# no shutdown Note The four ABCD bi ts in the CAS mech ani[...]
-
Page 589
19-39 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices Assume that certa in configurat ion info rmation ha s already be en est ablish ed for a soft PVC (s ee Figure 19-6 ) and that yo u are to create an addition al so[...]
-
Page 590
19-40 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices Phase 1—Configurin g the Destination (Passive) Side of Multiple Soft PVCs T o co nfigur e multiple soft PVCs on the destination (passi ve) side of the same port,[...]
-
Page 591
19-41 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices Exam ple The fol lowing example shows how to configure m ultip le soft PV Cs on the destina tion (p assiv e) side of the same port (shown in Figure 19-7 ): CESwit[...]
-
Page 592
19-42 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configur ing T1/E1 Stru ctured (n x 64) Circui t Emulation Ser vices Exam ple The follo wing exa mple shows ho w to conf igure multip le soft PVCs on the source (acti v e) side of the same po rt (shown i n Figure 19- 7 ): CESwitch(c[...]
-
Page 593
19-43 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 Stru ctured ( n x 64) Circ uit Emu lation S ervices Exam ples The follo w ing example di splays the circuit detail s for the soft PVCs that you created in the prev ious procedu re ( shown in Figur e 19- 7 ) using t[...]
-
Page 594
19-44 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring T1/E1 CES SVCs Channels used by this circuit: 24 Cell-Rate: 172, Bit-Rate 64000 cas OFF, cell_header 0x8200 (vci = 2080) Configured CDV 2000 usecs, Measured CDV unavailable De-jitter: UnderFlow unavailable, OverFlow unav[...]
-
Page 595
19-45 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 CES SV Cs Phase 1—Configuring the Destinat ion (Passive) Side of the Unstructured Sw itched VC T o con figure th e destination (pa ssiv e) side of an unstr uctured switched VC destination port, f ollo w these ste[...]
-
Page 596
19-46 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring T1/E1 CES SVCs CESwitch(config-if)# ces dsx1 clock source network-derived CESwitch(config-if)# ces circuit 0 circuit-name CBR-SVC-B CESwitch(config-if)# no shutdown Note If you do no t specify the circuit name and logica[...]
-
Page 597
19-47 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 CES SV Cs Exam ple The fo llowing example shows how to configure th e switche d VC for unstr uctured CES (shown in Figure 19-8 ): Step 1 Use the show ces status command to confir m CES interface CBR 0/0/0 is up. Sw[...]
-
Page 598
19-48 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring T1/E1 CES SVCs Exam ples The fo llowing example shows how to display the basic in format ion about the switch ed VC shown in Figure 19-8 , using t he show ces cir cuit command: Switch# show ces circuit Interface Circuit [...]
-
Page 599
19-49 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 CES SV Cs Figur e 1 9-9 Switc hed V C Configur ed for Str uctur ed CES Conf iguring a switched VC for structured CES is a two-phase process: • Phase 1—Co nfiguring the Dest ination (Pas si ve) Side of the Struc[...]
-
Page 600
19-50 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring T1/E1 CES SVCs Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows how to configure the destinat ion ( passive) side o f a sw itched V C f or structu red T1 CES, as s how n in Figure 19 -9 : CESwitch# show ces status Interface IF Ad[...]
-
Page 601
19-51 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 CES SV Cs Phase 2—Configurin g the Source (Active) Side of the Structured Switched VC The exampl e connec tion shown in Figu re 19-9 is used in the follo wing e xampl e conf iguratio n. T o configure a swi tched [...]
-
Page 602
19-52 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring T1/E1 CES SVCs Exam ple The following exam ple sh ows how to configure th e s witch ed V C for stru ctur ed CE S ( shown in Figure 19-9 ): Step 1 Use the show ces status command to confir m CES interface CBR 0/0/0 is up.[...]
-
Page 603
19-53 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Config uring T1 /E1 CES SV Cs Verifying a Switched VC for Structured CES T o verify the switc hed VC con figuratio n, use the fo llowing privileged EXEC com mands : Exam ples The fo llowing example shows how to display the basi c info[...]
-
Page 604
19-54 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Reconfig uring a Previ ously Establ ished Circ uit Reconfiguring a Previou sly Established Circuit Once y ou have configured a ci rcuit, you canno t chan ge th e circ uit’ s configurat ion whi le the c ircui t is up. Y ou must fir[...]
-
Page 605
19-55 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Deletin g a Prev iously Est ablish ed Circui t Cell-Rate: 4107, Bit-Rate 1544000 cas OFF, cell_header 0x100 (vci = 16) cdv 2000 usecs, Measured cdv 350 usecs ErrTolerance 8, idleCircuitdetect OFF, onHookIdleCode 0x0 state: VcAlarm, ma[...]
-
Page 606
19-56 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring SGCP CESwitch(config-if)# no ces circuit 0 Verifying Deletion of a Prev iously Established Circuit T o verify the d eletion of a previously configure d circu it, use the f ollowing privileged EXEC c omma nds: Exam ples T[...]
-
Page 607
19-57 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Configuring SGCP • The CES cir cuit is not conf igured a s part of a hard PVC. The follo wing sections descr ibe SGCP configurat ion tasks: • Conf iguring SGCP on the Entire Swit ch, page 19-57 • Displaying SGC P , page 19- 57 ?[...]
-
Page 608
19-58 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring SGCP Configuring CES Circuits for SGCP Any single tim e slot ( 64 Kbps) a llocated to a cir cuit on a CES T1/E1 in terfa ce can b e conf igured for SGCP with these restrictions: • CES is not the acti ve source end of a[...]
-
Page 609
19-59 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Configuring SGCP Switch(config-if)# ces circuit 14 timeslot 14 Switch(config-if)# ces circuit 15 timeslot 15 Switch(config-if)# ces circuit 16 timeslot 16 Switch(config-if)# ces pvc 16 dest-address 47.0091.8100.0000.0060.3e64.fd01.400[...]
-
Page 610
19-60 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring SGCP CBR1.1.0/24 1 active b234abc Displaying SGCP Connec tions T o displa y SGCP connections (either globally or per single interf ace), use the foll owing EXE C comm and: Exam ple The following example displ ays all SGC[...]
-
Page 611
19-61 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Configuring Explicit Paths on CES VCs • T o send a Dele teConnection req uest for a connection that e xists, the A TM switch router specifie s the destin ation addr ess of the UDP packet as the s ource UDP addr ess in the CreateC on[...]
-
Page 612
19-62 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring Exp licit Paths on CES VCs Configuring CES VC Explicit Paths T o configure CES VC explicit pa ths, follow thes e steps, begin ning in globa l configuratio n mode: Comma nd Pu rpos e Step 1 Switch(config )# i nterf ace cb[...]
-
Page 613
19-63 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Configuring Point-to-Multipoint CES Soft PVC Connections Exam ple The follo wing example sho ws how to set a CES switched VC with an explicit path on CBR interface 3/1/ 0. Switch(config)# interface cbr3/1/0 Switch(config-if)# ces circ[...]
-
Page 614
19-64 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring Point-to-Multipo int CES Soft PVC Connec tions Note Rou te optimization is not supported for point-to- multipoint soft PVCs. Guidelines for Creating Poin t-to-Multipoint CES Soft PVCs Perform the follo wing step s to con[...]
-
Page 615
19-65 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Configuring Point-to-Multipoint CES Soft PVC Connections Configuring Point-to-Multipoint Unstructured CES Soft PVCs Figure 19-10 gives an example of po int-to-mul tipoint unst ructure d CES soft PVC conne ctions. Figur e 1 9-1 0 P oin[...]
-
Page 616
19-66 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring Point-to-Multipo int CES Soft PVC Connec tions Note Th e fo llowing configu ration exa mple u ses the int erface s and addres ses di splaye d in Fi gure 19-10 . T o configure the destin ation side of the point- to-mult i[...]
-
Page 617
19-67 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Configuring Point-to-Multipoint CES Soft PVC Connections Step 7 Reen ab le th e dest inat ion CES inte rface. Dest_One(config-if)# no shutdown Switch(config-if)# Next, configure t he sourc e side of the point -to-multi point uns truct[...]
-
Page 618
19-68 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring Point-to-Multipo int CES Soft PVC Connec tions For switch Dest_T w o: Dest_Two# show ces address CES-IWF ATM Address(es): 47.0091.8100.0000.0003.6bb4.c502.4000.0c80.9030.10 CBR1/1/2:0 vpi 0 vci 2064 Dest_Two# Step 2 At t[...]
-
Page 619
19-69 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Configuring Point-to-Multipoint CES Soft PVC Connections Configuring Point-to-Multipoi nt Structured CES Soft PVCs Figure 19-11 gives an example of po int-to-m ultipoint st ructured CE S soft PVC conne ctions. Figur e 1 9-1 1 P oint-t[...]
-
Page 620
19-70 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring Point-to-Multipo int CES Soft PVC Connec tions Note Th e fo llowing configu ration exa mple u ses the int erface s and addres ses di splaye d in Fi gure 19-11 . T o configure the destin ation side o f the point- to-mult [...]
-
Page 621
19-71 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Configuring Point-to-Multipoint CES Soft PVC Connections Step 7 Reen ab le th e dest inat ion CES inte rface. Dest_One(config-if)# no shutdown Dest_One(config-if)# Now you can configure the sou rce side of the poi nt-to -multip oint s[...]
-
Page 622
19-72 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring Point-to-Multipo int CES Soft PVC Connec tions For switch Dest_T w o: Dest_Two# show ces address CES-IWF ATM Address(es): 47.0091.8100.0000.0003.6bb4.c502.4000.0c80.9030.10 CBR1/1/2:1 vpi 0 vci 2064 Dest_Two# Step 2 At t[...]
-
Page 623
19-73 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Configuring Point-to-Multipoint CES Soft PVC Connections Exam ples The follo wing example sho ws the p oint-to-multipoint CE S soft PVC config uration of the source switch on inte rface CBR 4/0/0 us ing th e show running-conf ig comm [...]
-
Page 624
19-74 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring Point-to-Multipo int CES Soft PVC Connec tions Deleting and Disabling Point-to-M ultipoint CES Soft PVC Connections This secti on describe s the proce ss used to delete al l or part of a CES poin t-to-mu ltipoint soft PV[...]
-
Page 625
19-75 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Configuring Point-to-Multipoint CES Soft PVC Connections Confirming VCC Deletion T o co nfir m the deletion of the point-to- multipoint soft PVC from an in terface , use the fol lo wing EXEC command before and after deleting the point[...]
-
Page 626
19-76 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring Point-to-Multipo int CES Soft PVC Connec tions Switch(config-if)# ces pvc 0 p2mp Switch (ces-p2mp)# disable 04:47:14: %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console 04:47:15: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface CBR4/0/0, chan[...]
-
Page 627
19-77 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 1 9 Configuring Circuit Emu lation Services Configuring Point-to-Multipoint CES Soft PVC Connections Exam ple The follo wing e xample sho ws how to conf irm that the party leaf of the CES point-to-multi point soft PVC is disab led from t he interf ace u sing the sho w running-c[...]
-
Page 628
19-78 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 19 Configuri ng Circui t Emulat ion Ser vices Configuring Point-to-Multipo int CES Soft PVC Connec tions Leaf Reference 101 Remote ATM address: 47.0091.8100.0000.0003.6bb4.c502.4000.0c80.9038.10 Remote VPI: 0 Remote VCI: 2064 Party Soft-Vc State Active The w ord “Inacti ve”[...]
-
Page 629
C HAPTER 20-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 20 Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Interworking Port Adapter Interfaces This chapte r describes Frame Relay to A TM inter working an d the required steps to conf igure the channe lized Fr ame Relay po rt adapters in th e Ca talyst 851 0 MSR and Li ghtStrea m 101 0 A T M switc h [...]
-
Page 630
20-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing the Channel ized DS3 Fra me Relay Port Adapter Configuring the Channelized DS3 Fra me Relay Port Adapter The ch annelized DS3 (CD S3) Fram e Relay port adap ter pr ovi des one physic al port[...]
-
Page 631
20-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Confi guring the C hannel ized DS3 Fra me Relay Port Adapter • Clock source —inte rnal • Line co ding—b 8zs • T1 yello w alarm—detec tion and generati on Configuring th e CDS3 F rame Relay P[...]
-
Page 632
20-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing the Channel ized DS3 Fra me Relay Port Adapter Configuring th e T1 Lines on the CD S3 Frame Re lay Port Adapte r T o co nfigur e the T1 lines, perform the follo wing steps, beginning in glob[...]
-
Page 633
20-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Confi guring the C hannel ized DS3 Fra me Relay Port Adapter Displaying th e CDS3 Frame Relay P o rt Adapter Controller Information T o display th e controller conf iguratio n, use o ne of the follo win[...]
-
Page 634
20-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing the Channel ized DS3 Fra me Relay Port Adapter Method Two Perform the f ollowing steps, beginning in gl obal c onfiguration m ode: Exam ples The fo llowing example sh uts down the ser ial in[...]
-
Page 635
20-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring the Channelized E1 Frame Relay Port Adapter Configuring the Channelized E1 Frame Relay Port Adapter The chann elized E1 (C E1) F rame Rela y port a dapte r provid es fou r physical ports. Ea[...]
-
Page 636
20-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing the Chan nelized E1 F rame Rela y Port Adap ter Configurin g the CE1 F rame Re lay Port Adapter Interface If your CE1 Fr ame Relay port a dapter needs to be conf igured, yo u must hav e th e[...]
-
Page 637
20-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Config uring Fr ame Relay to ATM Interwo rking Fu nctions Displaying the CE1 Frame Relay Por t Adapter Controller Information T o display your c ontrol ler configu ration, use the foll owing EXEC comma [...]
-
Page 638
20-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Fu nctions Note Y ou must shut do wn the interf ace p rior to Frame Relay encapsulat ion. Exam ple Switch(config)# interface serial 0/1/0:5 Switch(config-i[...]
-
Page 639
20-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Frame Relay Frame Size for Frame Relay to ATM Interworking Displaying Frame Relay Interface Confi guration T o displa y the Frame Relay interf ace conf igurati on, use the follo wing EXEC c[...]
-
Page 640
20-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay Fram e Size for Frame Relay to AT M Interw orking Note Usually the Fr ame Relay CTTR with the lo west frame size h as the high est SCR for a g iv en CIR. This is because of the[...]
-
Page 641
20-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Frame Relay Frame Size for Frame Relay to ATM Interworking Step 2 Select whic h interfa ce to config ure. Switch(config)# interface Serial1/0/1:1 Switch(config-if)# Step 3 Conf igure the Fr[...]
-
Page 642
20-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Conf igu rin g LMI Rx Bytes : 2432424 Rx Frames Discarded : 3 Rx Bytes Discarded : 1032 Total Rx Frames with DE : 0 Rx Frames with DE Tagged Locally : 0 Total Rx Frames with FECN : 0 Rx Frames with FECN[...]
-
Page 643
20-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring LMI Configuring the LMI Type T o manual ly set a n LMI t ype on your Fr ame Relay port ada pter , per form the foll owing steps, beginning in globa l configura tion mode : Exam ple The fo l[...]
-
Page 644
20-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Conf igu rin g LMI Configuring the LMI Keepalive Inte rval A keepa liv e int erval must be set t o configur e the LMI. By de fault, t his in terval is 10 sec onds and, per the LMI proto col, must be set[...]
-
Page 645
20-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring LMI Exam ple The follo wing example sho ws how to change the default polling ver ific ation timer on a Frame Relay interf ace to 20 seconds using the frame-relay l mi-t392 dce command. Swit[...]
-
Page 646
20-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Resource Managem ent Exam ple The follo wing exampl e display s the LMI stati stics of a Fram e Relay por t adapter with an NNI interf ace: Switch> show frame-relay l[...]
-
Page 647
20-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Confi guring Fram e Relay t o ATM Resource Ma nagement Y ou can al so use the fol lowing generic formul a to calc ulate Fram e Rel ay to A TM traff ic conv ersion: • PCR = Peak Cell Rate (ce lls/sec)[...]
-
Page 648
20-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Resource Managem ent MBS = [Bc/8 ( 1/(1 –(CIR/PIR))) + 1 ] [OHB (n)] = [4000/8 (1/(1 -(32000/64000))+1] [2/64] = [500 ( 1 / 0.5 ) +1] [2/64] = [500 (2 +1)] [2/64] = [1[...]
-
Page 649
20-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Confi guring Fram e Relay t o ATM Resource Ma nagement SVC Connection Traffi c Rows SVC connec tion traf fic ro ws, or transie nt ro ws, are us ed by th e signal ling softw are to obtain traf fic para [...]
-
Page 650
20-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Resource Managem ent Exam ple The following exam ple sh ows how to configure a Fram e R elay to A TM CTT row wit h non- real -tim e v ariable bit rate (V BR-NR T) servic[...]
-
Page 651
20-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Virtual Connections Note Step 4 af fects existin g and fu ture co nnectio ns on the Fr ame Rela y interf ace, b ut Steps 1, 2 , 3 and 5 af fect onl y futur e conn ectio n[...]
-
Page 652
20-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Virt ual Connect ions Charact eristics and Types of V irtual Conn ections The chara cteristics of the Frame Rel ay to A T M inte rworking VC, established wh en the V C i[...]
-
Page 653
20-25 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Virtual Connections Configuration Guideli nes Perform th e follo wing tasks in a prescr ibed order be fore conf iguri ng a Frame Relay to A TM interw orking perman ent vi[...]
-
Page 654
20-26 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Virt ual Connect ions Note Th e row index for rx-ctt r and tx-ctt r must be configured bef ore u sing t his o ptional param eter . See Chapter 9, “ Configuring Resour [...]
-
Page 655
20-27 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Virtual Connections Connection-type: PVC Cast-type: point-to-point Usage-Parameter-Control (UPC): tag-drop pvc-create-time : 00:00:10 Time-since-last-status-change : 00:0[...]
-
Page 656
20-28 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Virt ual Connect ions T o configure a Fr ame Relay to A TM se rvice i nterworki ng PVC, perform the f ollowing steps beginning in globa l configura tion mode : Note Sinc[...]
-
Page 657
20-29 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Virtual Connections Displaying Frame Relay to AT M Service Interw orking PVCs T o displa y the service interwor king PVC config uration, use the follo wing EXEC commands:[...]
-
Page 658
20-30 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Virt ual Connect ions T o co nfigur e terminating Fra me Relay to A TM service interw orking PVC connectio ns, perform the following ste ps, beginni ng in glob al co nfi[...]
-
Page 659
20-31 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Virtual Connections Configuring Frame Relay Transit PV Cs This secti on describes co nfigur ing interna l cross-conne ct Frame Relay to Frame Relay transit perm anent vir[...]
-
Page 660
20-32 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Virt ual Connect ions Configuring Frame Relay Soft PVC Connections This se ction descri bes co nfiguring Fr ame Relay to A T M int erworki ng soft perma nent virtual cha[...]
-
Page 661
20-33 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Virtual Connections Figur e 20- 7 Fr ame Rela y to F r ame Rela y Netw or k Interwor king Sof t PV C Example T o configure a Frame Re lay to Frame Relay network interwor [...]
-
Page 662
20-34 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Virt ual Connect ions Frame Relay to Frame R elay Inter working Sof t PVC Con figuration Example This se ction pr ovides an example of a Fr ame Relay t o Frame Rela y ne[...]
-
Page 663
20-35 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Virtual Connections After you comp lete the soft VC con figu ration, procee d to Displa y Frame R elay I nterworking Soft PVCs, page 2 0-39 and verif y the connec tion. C[...]
-
Page 664
20-36 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Virt ual Connect ions Note Th e row index for rx-ctt r and tx-ctt r must be configured bef ore u sing t his o ptional param eter . See Chapter 9, “ Configuring Resour [...]
-
Page 665
20-37 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Virtual Connections Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Service Interworking Soft PVCs This section de scribes conf iguring a Frame Rel ay to A TM service inter working soft P[...]
-
Page 666
20-38 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Virt ual Connect ions Note If the interworkin g soft PVC terminates on an A TM interf ace, the defau lt interwork ing type is service interwor king in transl ation mode.[...]
-
Page 667
20-39 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Virtual Connections Display Frame Relay Interw orking Soft PVCs T o display yo ur Fra me Rela y interwo rking soft PVCs con figuration, use the following EXE C comma nd: [...]
-
Page 668
20-40 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Virt ual Connect ions Standard Signa lling for Frame Relay Soft PVCs Standards- based signall ing fo r Frame -Relay Sof t PVCs requires using new fields i n the c alling[...]
-
Page 669
20-41 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Virtual Connections Note Soft PVC route o ptimization sho uld not be c onfigured with constant bit r ate (CBR) c onnections. Configuring a Frame Relay Interface with Rout[...]
-
Page 670
20-42 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Configur ing Frame Rel ay to ATM Virt ual Connect ions ! interface Serial1/0/0:1 description Engineering connections no ip address no ip directed-broadcast encapsulation frame-relay IETF no arp frame-re[...]
-
Page 671
20-43 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Respecifying Existing Frame Relay to ATM Interworking Soft PVCs Respecifying Existi ng Frame Re lay to ATM Interworking Soft PVCs For existin g Frame Rel ay to A TM inte rworking sof t permanent v irtu[...]
-
Page 672
20-44 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Conf igu ring O ver flow Queu ing This section includes the follo wing: • Overflow Queuin g Functio nal Imag e Requir emen ts, page 20 -44 • Configuring Overflow Queuing on Fra me Rela y to A TM PVC[...]
-
Page 673
20-45 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Overflow Queuing Exam ple The fo llowing example shows how to e nable overflow queu ing on a ne twork in ternetwo rking PV C cross connec ted be tween se rial i nterface 11/1/0:9 , DLCI = 1[...]
-
Page 674
20-46 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Conf igu ring O ver flow Queu ing Configuring Ov erflow Queu ing on Fr ame Relay to F rame Relay PVCs T o configure overflow queui ng on a Frame Relay t rans it PVC, p erform the fo llowing steps, begin[...]
-
Page 675
20-47 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Overflow Queuing • Disabled— Enabl ed • Disabled —Disabled • Disabled—I nherite d • Disabled— Not menti oned • Inherite d—Enabled • Inheri ted—Disa bled • Inheri t[...]
-
Page 676
20-48 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Conf igu ring O ver flow Queu ing Exam ples The follo wing example sho ws how to crea te a Soft-PVC between seri al interface 11/1/0 :10, DLCI = 500 with overflow qu euing e nable d an d A T M de stinat[...]
-
Page 677
20-49 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Overflow Queuing Exam ples The fol lowing example sh ows ho w to creat e a Soft PVC betw een ser ial int erface 11/1/0 :11, D LCI = 501 with overflow queuing enable d and destin ation D LCI[...]
-
Page 678
20-50 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Conf igu ring O ver flow Queu ing Usage-Parameter-Control (UPC): tag-drop pvc-create-time : 16:26:00 Time-since-last-status-change : 16:25:54 Interworking Function Type : network de-bit Mapping : map-cl[...]
-
Page 679
20-51 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Overflow Queuing Cross-connect-DLCI = 201 Cross-connect-UPC: tag-drop Transmit Direction : Total tx Frames : 0 Tota tx Bytes : 0 Discarded tx Frames : 0 Discarded tx Bytes : 0 Total Tx Fram[...]
-
Page 680
20-52 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Conf igu ring O ver flow Queu ing Discarded tx Bytes : 0 Total Tx Frames with DE : 0 Total Tx Frames with FECN : 0 Tx Frames with FECN Tagged Locally : 0 Total Tx Frames with BECN : 0 Tx Frames with BEC[...]
-
Page 681
20-53 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 0 Configur ing Fram e Relay to ATM Interwor king Port Ad apter Interf aces Configuring Overflow Queuing Frames Discarded Due to Illegal Length: 0 Frames Received with unknown DLCI: 0 Frames with illegal Header : 0 Transmit Frames with FECN set :0, BECN Set :4175 Transmit Fram[...]
-
Page 682
20-54 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Rela y to ATM I nterwork ing Port Adapter Int erf aces Conf igu ring O ver flow Queu ing Tx Frames with BECN Tagged Locally : 0 Receive Direction : Rx Frames : 0 Rx Bytes : 0 Rx Frames Discarded : 0 Rx Bytes Discarded : 0 Total Rx Frames with DE : 0 Rx Fram[...]
-
Page 683
C HAPTER 21-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 21 Configuring IMA Port Adapter In terfaces This chap ter descr ibes in verse multip lexing ov er A TM (IM A) and the steps requ ired to co nfigur e the IMA port adapter s in the Catalyst 8540 MSR, Cataly st 8510 MSR, and LightStream 1010 A T M switch routers. Th ese port adapt[...]
-
Page 684
21-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 21 Co nfiguring IMA Port Adapter Interfaces Overvi ew of IM A dif ferent ial delay compensatio n and recombines t he cells into the original A TM cell stream while allo wing minimal cell delay v ariation (CD V). The IMA process of splitting an d recombining the A TM cell stream [...]
-
Page 685
21-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 1 Configur ing IMA Por t Adapter Interfaces Configuring the T1/E1 IMA Port Adapter Figur e 21 -2 IMA F r ames Note These ICP cells are di stribu ted more ev enly ov er the IMA frame b ut are sho wn clo ser for illustration purpos es. W ithin an IM A frame , the ICP c ells on a[...]
-
Page 686
21-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 21 Co nfiguring IMA Port Adapter Interfaces Configur ing the T1/ E1 IMA Po rt Adapte r • Clock source = system clock • T ransmit clock sour ce = network de riv ed • Loopb ack = no loop back • BER T = disa bled The fol lo wing por t adapter types ha v e speci fic d efaul [...]
-
Page 687
21-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 1 Configur ing IMA Por t Adapter Interfaces Configuring the T1/E1 IMA Port Adapter Exam ple The following exam ple sh ows how to ch ange the c lock s ource to free runni ng: Switch(config)# interface atm 0/0/3 Switch(config-if)# clock source free-running Displaying the T1/E1 I[...]
-
Page 688
21-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 21 Co nfiguring IMA Port Adapter Interfaces Configur ing IMA G roup Fu nctions Port status:Good Signal Loopback:None Flags:8000 fdl is DISABLED Yellow alarm enabled in both tx and rx linecode is B8ZS TX Led: Traffic Pattern RX Led: Traffic Pattern CD Led: Green TX clock source: [...]
-
Page 689
21-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 1 Configur ing IMA Por t Adapter Interfaces Configuring IMA Group Functions Note Th e IM A grou p nu mbers o n ea ch e nd of t he in terface ca n differ . For exampl e, y ou can configur e the interfaces in IMA group 1 on Sw itch A and in IMA group 2 on Sw itch B. Exam ple The[...]
-
Page 690
21-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 21 Co nfiguring IMA Port Adapter Interfaces Configur ing IMA G roup Fu nctions Adding an In terface to an Existing IM A Group An in terface c an b e adde d to a n existi ng IM A grou p lin k by assi gning t he IMA gr oup nu mber . Note Y o u must co nfigure the IMA group at bot [...]
-
Page 691
21-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 1 Configur ing IMA Por t Adapter Interfaces Configuring IMA Group Functions Displaying the IMA Gro up Configuration T o display the IM A group configura tion, use the following EXEC com mand s: Exam ple The fo llowing exampl e shows the IMA gr oup in terface configurat ion for[...]
-
Page 692
21-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 21 Co nfiguring IMA Port Adapter Interfaces Configur ing IMA G roup Fu nctions Auto-config: enabled AutoCfgState: completed IF-Side: Network IF-type: NNI Uni-type: not applicable Uni-version: not applicable Max-VPI-bits: 8 Max-VCI-bits: 14 Max-VP: 255 Max-VC: 16383 ConfMaxSvpcV[...]
-
Page 693
21-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 1 Configur ing IMA Por t Adapter Interfaces Configuring IMA Group Functions Confirming the Interface Deletion T o co nfirm the interfa ce deletion from the IMA group, use the follo wing EXEC command: Exam ple: The follo wing example sho ws how to verify that the interfa ce is[...]
-
Page 694
21-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 21 Co nfiguring IMA Port Adapter Interfaces Configur ing IMA G roup Fu nctions Switch(config-if)# ima-group 0 Switch(config-if)# no shut Switch(config-if)# exit Switch(config)# interface atm 0/0/ima0 Switch(config-if)# no shut Switch(config-if)# end Switch# show ima interface a[...]
-
Page 695
21-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 1 Configur ing IMA Por t Adapter Interfaces Config uring IMA Gr oup Pa rameters Configuring IMA Grou p Parameters This se ction describe s how to c onfigure inv erse m ultiplexing over A TM (I MA) g roup p arame ters aft er configuring a n IMA gr oup at t he int erface level.[...]
-
Page 696
21-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 21 Co nfiguring IMA Port Adapter Interfaces Configur ing IMA G roup Param eters Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows the IM A group inte rface min imum active links c onfiguration : SwitchA# show ima interface ATM0/0/ima1 is up Group Index = 5 State: NearEnd = operational, F[...]
-
Page 697
21-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 1 Configur ing IMA Por t Adapter Interfaces Config uring IMA Gr oup Pa rameters Displaying the IMA Gro up Interface Clock Mode Configu ration T o display the IMA gr oup t ransmi t clock mode configura tion, use the following EXEC comm and: Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh [...]
-
Page 698
21-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 21 Co nfiguring IMA Port Adapter Interfaces Configur ing IMA G roup Param eters Exam ple The fo llowing example shows how to configure the maxi mum all owable differential de lay to 100 millisecond s between all inter faces assigned to t he IMA group. SwitchA(config)# interface[...]
-
Page 699
21-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 1 Configur ing IMA Por t Adapter Interfaces Config uring IMA Gr oup Pa rameters Exam ple The foll owing e xample show s how to conf igure the frame leng th transmitt ed as 256 cel ls for IMA gr oup 0/0/ima1: SwitchA(config)# interface atm 0/0/ima1 SwitchA(config-if)# ima fram[...]
-
Page 700
21-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 21 Co nfiguring IMA Port Adapter Interfaces Configur ing IMA G roup Param eters Exam ples The fo llowing example shows how to configure the test pa ttern 8 to transmit over link 3 of IMA gro up 0/0/i ma1: SwitchA(config)# interface atm 0/0/ima1 SwitchA(config-if)# ima test link[...]
-
Page 701
C HAPTER 22-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 22 Configuring Quality of Service This chapte r describes the quality of service (QoS) fe atures bui lt into your switch router and inclu des informatio n on how to conf igure the QoS functionality . This chap ter includes the follo wing sections: • About Qua lity of Servic e[...]
-
Page 702
22-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 22 Configuring Quality of Service About L ayer 3 Swi tching Qu ality of Service Best-Effort Service Best ef fort is a sing le service mod el in which an a pplication sends dat a whene ve r it must, in an y quantity , and without request ing permission or firs t informing the net[...]
-
Page 703
22-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 2 Configur ing Quali ty of Service IP Prec edence Base d Class of S ervice (CoS) About Quality of Service Mechanisms The Catalyst 8 540 campus swit ch router pro vides e xtensi ve core Quality of Service (QoS) mechanisms that are built in to the switch router arch itecture. Th[...]
-
Page 704
22-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 22 Configuring Quality of Service IP Preceden ce Based Cl ass of Serv ice (CoS) About Sche dulin g and We ighted R ound-Robin Frame sc hedul ing bec omes incre asingly impo rtant when an ou tgoing inte rface i s con gested . T o hand le this sit uation, n etwork adm inist rators[...]
-
Page 705
22-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 2 Configur ing Quali ty of Service IP Prec edence Base d Class of S ervice (CoS) For a complete descri ption of the qos mapping prec edence co mmand, see th e A TM and Layer 3 Sw itc h Router Comm and Re ference . Mapping QoS Scheduli ng at the Interface Level Conf iguring the[...]
-
Page 706
22-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 22 Configuring Quality of Service About IP QoS on the Enh anced Gig abit Ether net and Enha nced AT M Router Mod ule Interf aces Verifying the Qo S Configuratio n T o verify the QoS con figuration, use the fo llowing comm ands: About IP QoS on the Enh anced Gigabit Ethe rnet and[...]
-
Page 707
22-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 2 Configur ing Quali ty of Service About IP QoS on the Enh anced Gig abit Et hernet an d Enhan ced ATM Route r Module Interfa ces Figur e 22-1 A rc hitectur al Model Packet Clas sification Pa cket cla ssif iers se lect packe ts in a traf fic stre am based on the conte nt of so[...]
-
Page 708
22-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 22 Configuring Quality of Service About IP QoS on the Enh anced Gig abit Ether net and Enha nced AT M Router Mod ule Interf aces • If no match wit h a perm it action is e ncountere d and all the configured cla ssifiers’ A CEs ha ve been ex amined, the p acket is as sumed to [...]
-
Page 709
22-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 2 Configur ing Quali ty of Service About IP QoS on the Enh anced Gig abit Et hernet an d Enhan ced ATM Route r Module Interfa ces Note Th ere m ust be at l east one traffic condition ing elem ent assoc iate d with e very classifier i n an input po licy map. Per Hop Behavi or D[...]
-
Page 710
22-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 22 Configuring Quality of Service About IP QoS on the Enh anced Gig abit Ether net and Enha nced AT M Router Mod ule Interf aces Figure 22-3 sho ws queu e-im plement ation for eac h ph ysical inter fa ce. Each queu e can be as signe d to a particu lar output traffic clas s. Fig[...]
-
Page 711
22-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 2 Configur ing Quali ty of Service IP QoS—Functio nal Differenc es Between Modules (Catalyst 8540 MSR) Congestio n Control T wo drop pol icies a re suppo rted, tail d rop and XPIF based Random Ear ly Detec t (or xRed) . Tail Drop Queue s fill up during period s of conges ti[...]
-
Page 712
22-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 22 Configuring Quality of Service IP QoS—F unctiona l Differenc es Between Modul es (Cataly st 8540 MSR) Note Th e IP QoS feature is onl y applica ble for enha nced Gigab it Etherne t and enhan ced A T M Router Mo dules installed in the Catalyst 854 0 MSR chassis. Input Polic[...]
-
Page 713
22-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 2 Configur ing Quali ty of Service IP QoS—Functio nal Differenc es Between Modules (Catalyst 8540 MSR) Figur e 22 -4 Pr evious Sched uler Class W eight Diagr am It is now possible t o control bandwidt h for a traff ic class using sche duler c lass ban dwidth a nd output VC [...]
-
Page 714
22-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 22 Configuring Quality of Service IP QoS—F unctiona l Differenc es Between Modul es (Cataly st 8540 MSR) Figur e 22 -5 Cur r ent Sc heduler Class W eight Diagr am In Figure 22 -5 , the Brout e-VCs move to scheduler classes 1, 6, 7 and 8 only i f the IP QoS feature is conf igu[...]
-
Page 715
22-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 2 Configur ing Quali ty of Service IP QoS—Functio nal Differenc es Between Modules (Catalyst 8540 MSR) Exam ple The fo llowing exam ple sh ows how to configure servi ce cl ass 2 a nd WRR weig ht 2: Switch(config)# interface atm 0/0/1 Switch(config-if)# atm service-class 2 w[...]
-
Page 716
22-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 22 Configuring Quality of Service IP QoS—F unctiona l Differenc es Between Modul es (Cataly st 8540 MSR) Switch# The followin g exam ple u ses the show atm interf ace res our ce com mand to show the amoun t of bandwidth allocated for IP Q oS: Switch# show atm interface resour[...]
-
Page 717
22-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 2 Configur ing Quali ty of Service Confi guring IP QoS on Enh anced Gig abit Ethe rnet an d Enhanced ATM Route r Module Interfa ces • Multif ield classif iers in output polic y W orkaround: none • Hier archical poli cy maps W orkaround: none • Strict prior ity and lo w [...]
-
Page 718
22-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 22 Configuring Quality of Service Configur ing IP QoS on E nhanced Gigabit Eth ernet and En hanced A TM Router M odule Int erfaces A traf f ic class consists of two major eleme nts: • a name • one or more match criteria / rules The fo llowing commands de scribe how to confi[...]
-
Page 719
22-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 2 Configur ing Quali ty of Service Confi guring IP QoS on Enh anced Gig abit Ethe rnet an d Enhanced ATM Route r Module Interfa ces • a set of classif iers (class-maps) • their associ ated tra ff ic condit ioners (f or input policy ma ps) or per ho p behavior (PHB) defini[...]
-
Page 720
22-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 22 Configuring Quality of Service Configur ing IP QoS on E nhanced Gigabit Eth ernet and En hanced A TM Router M odule Int erfaces The following commands show how to conf igure a service poli cy on an egress interface (out put policy map): Exam ple Switch(config)# policy-map ou[...]
-
Page 721
22-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 2 Configur ing Quali ty of Service Confi guring IP QoS on Enh anced Gig abit Ethe rnet an d Enhanced ATM Route r Module Interfa ces Configuring Buffer-Gr oups Buf fer group s are global reso urces that can be co nf igured to be sh ared a mong o utput t raf f ic cl asses. F ou[...]
-
Page 722
22-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 22 Configuring Quality of Service Verifying the I P QoS Conf iguration Switch(config-if)# service-policy input in-policy TCAM Regio n for IP QoS By default, there i s no spac e reser ved for IP QoS in TCAM. T here ne eds to b e a minimu m of 512 entries for the IP QoS region in[...]
-
Page 723
22-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 2 Configur ing Quali ty of Service Verifying the IP QoS Configuration Policy Map one class one set ip dscp unchanged class two set ip dscp 63 class three set ip precedence 0 class four set ip precedence 7 class five set ip dscp 22 class six set ip precedence unchanged class s[...]
-
Page 724
22-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 22 Configuring Quality of Service Verifying the I P QoS Conf iguration class ten set ip precedence 3 The fo llowing example sh ows all clas s maps co nfigur ed: Switch# show class-map Class Map match-all nine (id 10) Match access-group 33 Class Map match-all four (id 5) Match a[...]
-
Page 725
C HAPTER 23-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 23 Configuring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module This chap ter de scribe s the featur es and con fig uration proced ures for t he A TM traf fic-sh aping carr ier module (TSCAM ). The TSCAM is av ailable on the Cata lyst 8510 M SR and the LightSt ream 101 0 A T M switch rou[...]
-
Page 726
23-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module About the A TM Traffic-Sh aping Ca rrier Modul e Note Traff ic-shapi ng co nfiguration s do n ot a pply to regular vir tual pa th (V P) tunne ls defined on t hat in terface , exc ept in the case of unspecif ied bit rate (UBR[...]
-
Page 727
23-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Hardware and Software Restrictions • T r affic s ha pi n g f or VBR and b est-e ffort traffic • Up to four TSC AMs in a chassis • Up to fo ur ports 25 6K cell buffer s share Hardware and Software Restric tions This[...]
-
Page 728
23-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Conf igu rin g th e ATM TSCA M • Each TSCAM requir es 2 MB of contiguous mai n memory av ailability in the system. • The maxi mum ra te at whi ch a VC can be shaped on an OC-12 interface is 595,08 5 Kbps. • The min imu[...]
-
Page 729
23-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Config uring Ma ximum Thr esholds Note Any cha nges to the traffic-shaping co nfiguration t ake effect upon saving t he con figurations to NVRAM and reload ing th e swi tch, o r upon perfor ming an OI R on the po rt a da[...]
-
Page 730
23-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Conf igu rin g Ma ximum Thr esho lds Exam ple The f ollo wing exa mple sho ws ho w to c onf igure a traf fic-sh aping thresh old fo r a tr af fi c clas s: Switch# show atm vc interface atm 0/0/0 Interface VPI VCI Type X-Inte[...]
-
Page 731
23-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Displaying Traffic-Shaping Configurations Displaying T raffic-Shaping Configuration s T o sho w the traff ic-shapi ng conf iguration of the swit ch, use the follo win g privile ged EXEC command s: Exam ples The fo llowin[...]
-
Page 732
23-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Display ing Traffic-S haping Configuratio ns Available bit rates (in Kbps): 147743 cbr RX, 147743 cbr TX, 147743 vbr RX, 147743 vbr TX, 147743 abr RX, 147743 abr TX, 147743 ubr RX, 147743 ubr TX Allocated bit rates: 0 cbr RX[...]
-
Page 733
23-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables Traffic-shapin g Granularity Tables This section lists the follo wing granularity tables for conf iguring tra f fic-sh aping rates on A TM interf aces: • T able 23-2Be st-Effort and V[...]
-
Page 734
23-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 97646 9722 3 96804 96388 9597 6 95568 9516 3 94762 943 63 93969 9357 7 93189 92804 9242 2 92043 9166 7 91295 909 25 90558 9019 5 89834 89476 8912 1 88769 8841 9 88073 877 28 87387 8704 8[...]
-
Page 735
23-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 40539 4046 6 40393 40321 4024 8 40176 4010 5 40033 399 62 39891 3982 0 39750 39680 3961 0 39540 3947 0 39401 393 32 39263 3919 5 39127 39059 3899 1 38923 3885 6 38789 387 22 38655 3858[...]
-
Page 736
23-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 25580 2555 0 25521 25492 2546 4 25435 2540 6 25377 253 49 25320 2529 1 25263 25235 2520 6 25178 2515 0 25122 250 94 25066 2503 8 25010 24982 2495 4 24927 2489 9 24871 248 44 24816 2478 9[...]
-
Page 737
23-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 18685 1866 9 18654 18638 1862 3 18607 1859 2 18576 185 61 18546 1853 1 18515 18500 1848 5 18470 1845 4 18439 184 24 18409 1839 4 18379 18364 1834 9 18334 1831 9 18304 182 89 18274 1825[...]
-
Page 738
23-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 14718 1470 8 14698 14689 1467 9 14670 1466 0 14650 146 41 14631 1462 2 14612 14603 1459 3 14584 1457 4 14565 145 56 14546 1453 7 14527 14518 1450 8 14499 1449 0 14480 144 71 14462 1445 2[...]
-
Page 739
23-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 12140 1213 4 12127 12121 1211 4 12107 1210 1 12094 120 88 12081 1207 5 12068 12062 1205 5 12049 1204 3 12036 120 30 12023 1201 7 12010 12004 1199 7 11991 1198 5 11978 119 72 11966 1195[...]
-
Page 740
23-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 10331 1032 6 10321 10317 1031 2 10307 1030 3 10298 102 93 10288 1028 4 10279 10274 1027 0 10265 1026 0 10255 102 51 10246 1024 1 10237 10232 1022 7 10223 1021 8 10213 102 09 10204 1020 0[...]
-
Page 741
23-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 8991 8987 8984 8980 8977 8973 8969 8966 8962 8959 8955 8952 8948 8944 8941 8937 8934 8930 8927 8923 8920 8916 8913 8909 8905 8902 8898 8895 8891 8888 8884 8881 8877 8874 8870 8867 8863[...]
-
Page 742
23-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 7959 7956 7953 7950 7948 7945 7942 7939 7936 7934 7931 7928 7925 7922 7920 7917 7914 7911 7908 7906 7903 7900 7897 7894 7892 7889 7886 7883 7881 7878 7875 7872 7870 7867 7864 7861 7859 7[...]
-
Page 743
23-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 7139 7137 7135 7132 7130 7128 7126 7123 7121 7119 7117 7114 7112 7110 7108 7105 7103 7101 7099 7096 7094 7092 7090 7087 7085 7083 7081 7078 7076 7074 7072 7070 7067 7065 7063 7061 7058[...]
-
Page 744
23-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 6473 6471 6469 6467 6465 6463 6461 6460 6458 6456 6454 6452 6450 6448 6447 6445 6443 6441 6439 6437 6436 6434 6432 6430 6428 6426 6425 6423 6421 6419 6417 6415 6414 6412 6410 6408 6406 6[...]
-
Page 745
23-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 5920 5918 5917 5915 5914 5912 5911 5909 5907 5906 5904 5903 5901 5900 5898 5897 5895 5894 5892 5890 5889 5887 5886 5884 5883 5881 5880 5878 5877 5875 5874 5872 5870 5869 5867 5866 5864[...]
-
Page 746
23-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 4081 4034 3988 3943 3900 3857 3815 3774 3734 3694 3656 3618 3581 3545 3510 3475 3441 3407 3375 3343 3311 3280 3250 3220 3191 3162 3134 3106 3079 3052 3026 3000 2974 2949 2925 2901 2877 2[...]
-
Page 747
23-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 856 854 852 850 848 846 844 842 840 838 836 834 832 830 828 826 824 822 820 818 817 815 813 811 809 807 805 804 802 800 798 796 794 793 791 789 787 786 784 782 780 779 777 775 773 772 [...]
-
Page 748
23-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 451 450 449 448 447 446 445 444 443 442 441 440 439 438 437 436 435 434 433 432 431 430 429 428 427 426 425 424 423 422 421 420 419 418 417 416 415 414 413 412 411 410 409 408 407 406 40[...]
-
Page 749
23-25 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables T able 23-3 sho ws the DS 3, E3, E1 and T1 rates for VBR connectio ns that ar e shaped usi ng thei r PCR, SCR and MBS para meters (t he default sha ping mode). 127 126 125 124 123 122 [...]
-
Page 750
23-26 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 1335 1 330 1325 1320 1315 131 0 1305 1300 1295 1 291 1286 1 281 1277 1272 1267 126 3 1258 1254 1249 1 245 1240 1 236 1232 1227 1223 121 9 1215 1211 1206 1 202 1198 1 194 1190 1186 1182 1[...]
-
Page 751
23-27 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 562 561 560 559 558 557 5 56 555 554 553 552 551 550 549 548 547 5 46 545 544 543 542 541 540 539 538 537 5 36 535 534 533 532 531 530 529 528 527 5 26 525 524 523 522 521 520 519 518 [...]
-
Page 752
23-28 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables T able 23-4 shows the OC-3c r ates fo r best-effort conn ecti ons and VB R connec tions whe n shaped us ing PCR-only mo de. 202 201 200 199 198 197 1 96 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 1[...]
-
Page 753
23-29 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 96414 9600 5 9 5600 95198 94800 94405 94013 9362 5 93240 92857 9247 8 9 2102 91730 91360 90993 90629 9026 8 89910 89554 8920 2 8 8852 88505 88160 87819 87480 8714 3 86809 86478 8614 9 [...]
-
Page 754
23-30 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 39890 3982 0 3 9750 39680 39611 39542 39473 3940 4 39336 39268 3920 0 3 9132 39064 38997 38930 38863 3879 7 38731 38664 3859 9 3 8533 38468 38402 38337 38273 3820 8 38144 38080 3801 6 3 [...]
-
Page 755
23-31 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 25147 2511 9 2 5091 25064 25036 25008 24981 2495 3 24926 24898 2487 1 2 4844 24817 24789 24762 24735 2470 8 24681 24655 2462 8 2 4601 24574 24548 24521 24495 2446 8 24442 24415 2438 9 [...]
-
Page 756
23-32 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 18361 1834 6 1 8331 18317 18302 18287 18272 1825 8 18243 18228 1821 4 1 8199 18184 18170 18155 18141 1812 6 18112 18097 1808 3 1 8068 18054 18040 18025 18011 1799 7 17982 17968 1795 4 1 [...]
-
Page 757
23-33 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 14459 1445 0 1 4441 14432 14423 14413 14404 1439 5 14386 14377 1436 8 1 4359 14350 14340 14331 14322 1431 3 14304 14295 1428 6 1 4277 14268 14259 14250 14241 1423 2 14223 14214 1420 6 [...]
-
Page 758
23-34 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 11925 1191 9 1 1913 11906 11900 11894 11888 1188 2 11875 11869 1186 3 1 1857 11850 11844 11838 11832 1182 6 11820 11813 1180 7 1 1801 11795 11789 11783 11777 1177 0 11764 11758 1175 2 1 [...]
-
Page 759
23-35 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 10147 1014 2 1 0138 10133 10129 10124 10120 1011 5 10111 10106 1010 2 1 0097 10093 10088 10084 10079 1007 5 10070 10066 1006 1 1 0057 10052 10048 10044 10039 1003 5 10030 10026 1002 1 [...]
-
Page 760
23-36 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 8830 8 827 8823 8820 8816 8813 8810 8806 8803 8799 8 796 8793 8789 8786 8782 8779 8776 8772 8769 8 765 8762 8759 8755 8752 8748 8745 8742 8738 8 735 8732 8728 8725 8721 8718 8715 8711 87[...]
-
Page 761
23-37 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 7816 7 813 7811 7808 7805 7803 7800 7797 7794 7792 7 789 7786 7784 7781 7778 7776 7773 7770 7768 7 765 7762 7760 7757 7754 7752 7749 7747 7744 7 741 7739 7736 7733 7731 7728 7725 7723 [...]
-
Page 762
23-38 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 7011 7 009 7006 7004 7002 7000 6998 6996 6993 6991 6 989 6987 6985 6983 6981 6978 6976 6974 6972 6 970 6968 6965 6963 6961 6959 6957 6955 6953 6 951 6948 6946 6944 6942 6940 6938 6936 69[...]
-
Page 763
23-39 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 6356 6 354 6352 6351 6349 6347 6345 6343 6342 6340 6 338 6336 6335 6333 6331 6329 6328 6326 6324 6 322 6320 6319 6317 6315 6313 6312 6310 6308 6 306 6305 6303 6301 6299 6298 6296 6294 [...]
-
Page 764
23-40 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 5813 5 811 5810 5809 5807 5806 5804 5803 5801 5800 5 798 5797 5795 5794 5792 5791 5789 5788 5786 5 785 5783 5782 5780 5779 5777 5776 5774 5773 5 772 5770 5769 5767 5766 5764 5763 5761 57[...]
-
Page 765
23-41 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 1779 1 771 1762 1753 1744 1736 1727 1719 1711 1703 1 694 1686 1678 1670 1663 1655 1647 1639 1632 1 624 1617 1610 1602 1595 1588 1581 1574 1567 1 560 1553 1546 1540 1533 1526 1520 1513 [...]
-
Page 766
23-42 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 666 665 6 63 662 661 660 659 657 656 655 654 6 52 651 650 649 648 647 645 644 643 6 42 641 640 638 637 636 635 634 633 6 32 630 629 628 627 626 625 624 623 6 22 620 619 618 617 616 615 6[...]
-
Page 767
23-43 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables T able 23-5 sho ws the DS 3, E3, E1 and T1 rates for VBR connectio ns that ar e shaped usi ng thei r PCR, SCR and MBS para meters (t he default sha ping mode). 325 324 3 23 322 321 320[...]
-
Page 768
23-44 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 6942 6 809 6680 6556 643 7 6322 6211 6104 6 001 590 1 5804 5 710 5620 5532 544 7 5364 5284 5207 5 131 505 8 4987 4 917 4850 4785 472 1 4659 4598 4539 4 482 442 6 4371 4 318 4266 4215 416[...]
-
Page 769
23-45 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 841 839 8 37 835 833 832 830 828 826 824 822 820 8 18 816 814 812 811 809 807 805 803 801 8 00 798 796 794 792 791 789 787 785 784 7 82 780 779 777 775 773 772 770 768 767 7 65 763 762[...]
-
Page 770
23-46 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables T able 23-6 sho ws the OC-12 rates f or best- ef for t connec tions and VB R conne ctions when shaped usin g PCR-only mo de. 399 398 3 97 396 395 394 393 392 391 390 389 388 3 87 386 385[...]
-
Page 771
23-47 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables T able 23-6 Best-Ef f ort a nd VBR Shaping (P CR-Only Mode ) Rates for OC-1 2 (Cells P er Second) 1403649 13820 55 136111 5 1340800 1 321082 130 1936 1283 337 1265262 12 47688 1230597 [...]
-
Page 772
23-48 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 231530 23093 5 230343 229754 22 9168 228585 228004 2 27427 22 6853 226281 22571 3 225147 224584 22 4024 223467 222912 2 22361 22 1812 221265 22072 2 220181 219642 21 9107 218574 218043 2[...]
-
Page 773
23-49 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 124596 12442 4 124252 124080 1 23909 123738 123568 1 23398 12 3229 123060 12289 2 122724 122556 1 22390 122223 122057 1 21891 12 1726 121561 12139 7 121233 121070 1 20907 120744 120582[...]
-
Page 774
23-50 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 85232 85151 85070 8499 0 84909 84829 8474 9 84669 84590 84510 84431 84351 8427 2 84193 84114 8403 6 83957 83879 83800 83722 83644 8356 7 83489 83411 8333 4 83257 83180 83103 83026 82949 [...]
-
Page 775
23-51 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 64769 64722 64675 6462 9 64582 64536 6449 0 64443 64397 64351 64305 64259 6421 3 64167 64122 6407 6 64030 63984 63939 63893 63848 6380 3 63757 63712 6366 7 63622 63577 63532 63487 6344[...]
-
Page 776
23-52 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 52229 52199 52169 5213 8 52108 52078 5204 8 52018 51987 51957 51927 51897 5186 7 51838 51808 5177 8 51748 51718 51688 51659 51629 5159 9 51570 51540 5151 1 51481 51452 51422 51393 51363 [...]
-
Page 777
23-53 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 43758 43736 43715 4369 4 43673 43651 4363 0 43609 43588 43567 43546 43524 4350 3 43482 43461 4344 0 43419 43398 43377 43356 43336 4331 5 43294 43273 4325 2 43231 43210 43190 43169 4314[...]
-
Page 778
23-54 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 37651 37635 37619 3760 3 37588 37572 3755 6 37541 37525 37509 37494 37478 3746 2 37447 37431 3741 6 37400 37384 37369 37353 37338 3732 2 37307 37291 3727 6 37260 37245 37229 37214 37199 [...]
-
Page 779
23-55 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 33040 33028 33015 3300 3 32991 32979 3296 7 32955 32943 32931 32919 32907 3289 5 32882 32870 3285 8 32846 32834 32822 32810 32798 3278 6 32775 32763 3275 1 32739 32727 32715 32703 3269[...]
-
Page 780
23-56 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 29435 29425 29416 2940 6 29396 29387 2937 7 29367 29358 29348 29339 29329 2932 0 29310 29300 2929 1 29281 29272 29262 29253 29243 2923 4 29224 29215 2920 5 29196 29186 29177 29167 29158 [...]
-
Page 781
23-57 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 26539 26531 26524 2651 6 26508 26500 2649 2 26484 26477 26469 26461 26453 2644 5 26438 26430 2642 2 26414 26407 26399 26391 26383 2637 6 26368 26360 2635 2 26345 26337 26329 26321 2631[...]
-
Page 782
23-58 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 24162 24156 24149 2414 3 24136 24130 2412 3 24117 24110 24104 24097 24091 2408 5 24078 24072 2406 5 24059 24052 24046 24039 24033 2402 7 24020 24014 2400 7 24001 23994 23988 23982 23975 [...]
-
Page 783
23-59 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 22176 22171 22165 2216 0 22154 22149 2214 3 22138 22132 22127 22122 22116 2211 1 22105 22100 2209 4 22089 22083 22078 22073 22067 2206 2 22056 22051 2204 6 22040 22035 22029 22024 2201[...]
-
Page 784
23-60 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 3988 3977 3966 3954 39 43 3932 3921 3 910 3900 3889 3878 3867 3857 38 46 3836 3825 3 815 3804 3794 3784 3774 3764 37 54 3744 3734 3 724 3714 3704 3694 3685 3675 36 65 3656 3646 3 637 362[...]
-
Page 785
23-61 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 2050 2047 2044 2041 2 038 2035 2032 2 029 2026 2023 2020 2017 2014 2 011 2009 2006 2 003 2000 1997 1994 1991 1989 1 986 1983 1980 1 977 1975 1972 1969 1966 1964 1 961 1958 1955 1 953 1[...]
-
Page 786
23-62 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 1379 1378 1377 1375 13 74 1373 1371 1 370 1369 1367 1366 1365 1363 13 62 1361 1359 1 358 1357 1355 1354 1353 1351 13 50 1349 1348 1 346 1345 1344 1342 1341 1340 13 39 1337 1336 1 335 133[...]
-
Page 787
23-63 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 1019 1018 1017 1016 1 015 1014 1013 1 012 1011 1010 1009 1008 1007 1 006 1005 1004 1 003 1002 1001 1000 999 998 997 996 995 9 94 993 992 991 990 989 9 88 987 986 9 85 984 983 982 981 9[...]
-
Page 788
23-64 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 686 685 684 683 68 2 681 680 6 79 678 677 676 675 674 67 3 672 671 6 70 669 668 667 666 665 66 4 663 662 6 61 660 659 658 657 656 65 5 654 653 6 52 651 650 649 648 647 64 6 645 644 6 43 [...]
-
Page 789
23-65 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables T able 23-7 shows the OC-1 2 rates f or VB R connec tions that are sh aped using t heir PC R, SCR and MBS parame ters ( the defaul t sha ping mo de). 353 352 351 350 3 49 348 347 3 46 [...]
-
Page 790
23-66 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 5180 5161 5142 51 23 5105 5 086 5068 5050 5 031 5014 4996 4978 49 60 4943 4 926 4908 4891 4 874 4857 4841 4824 48 08 4791 4 775 4759 4743 4 727 4711 4695 4679 46 64 4648 4 633 4618 4603 [...]
-
Page 791
23-67 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 2324 2321 2317 23 13 2309 2 305 2302 2298 2 294 2290 2287 2283 22 79 2275 2 272 2268 2264 2 261 2257 2254 2250 22 46 2243 2 239 2236 2232 2 229 2225 2221 2218 22 14 2211 2 207 2204 220[...]
-
Page 792
23-68 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 1499 1497 1495 14 94 1492 1 491 1489 1487 1 486 1484 1483 1481 14 80 1478 1 476 1475 1473 1 472 1470 1469 1467 14 66 1464 1 463 1461 1460 1 458 1457 1455 1454 14 52 1451 1 449 1448 1446 [...]
-
Page 793
23-69 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 1100 1099 1098 10 97 1096 1 095 1094 1093 1 092 1091 1090 1089 10 88 1087 1 086 1085 1084 1 083 1082 1081 1080 10 79 1078 1 077 1076 1075 1 074 1073 1072 1071 10 70 1069 1 068 1067 106[...]
-
Page 794
23-70 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables 767 7 66 765 764 7 63 762 761 76 0 759 758 7 57 756 755 7 54 753 752 75 1 750 749 7 48 747 746 7 45 744 743 74 2 741 740 7 39 738 737 7 36 735 734 73 3 732 731 7 30 729 728 7 27 726 725 [...]
-
Page 795
23-71 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 3 Configur ing the ATM Tra ffic-Shapin g Carrier Modu le Traffic-shaping Granularity Tables 434 4 33 432 431 4 30 429 428 42 7 426 425 4 24 423 422 4 21 420 419 41 8 417 416 4 15 414 413 4 12 411 410 40 9 408 407 4 06 405 404 4 03 402 401 40 0 399 398 3 97 396 395 3 94 393 39[...]
-
Page 796
23-72 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 23 C onfiguring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module Traffic-s haping Granul arity Tables[...]
-
Page 797
C HAPTER 24-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 24 Configuring Rate Limiting and T raffic Shaping This ch apter descr ibes ra te limit ing fe atures and configur ation procedu res fo r your Catalyst 8500 swi tch router . Note For fu rther in format ion about t he comma nds used in this chap ter , refer to the A TM an d Layer[...]
-
Page 798
24-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 24 Configur ing Rate Limiting a nd Traf fic Shap ing Traffic Shap ing Restrictions Restrictions for rate limiting on the Cata lyst 8500 sw itch router include the follo wing: • This fea ture is not supp orted on the LightStre am 1010 . • IPX and rate lim iting cannot be con[...]
-
Page 799
24-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 4 Configur ing Rate Lim iting and Traf fic Shaping Traff ic Shap ing Features T raffi c shaping on t he Cataly st 8500 switch rou ter includes the fol lowing feature s: • This fe ature is supp orted on t he fol lowing interfa ce m odules: – Eight-Por t 10/1 00BASE-T Fast E[...]
-
Page 800
24-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 24 Configur ing Rate Limiting a nd Traf fic Shap ing Display ing the Config urations Exam ple The following i s an example of h ow to configur e ra te lim itin g on y our swi tch r outer: Router# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z Rou[...]
-
Page 801
24-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 4 Configur ing Rate Lim iting and Traf fic Shaping Displaying the Configu rations Exam ple The follo wing is an exa mple of how to display the QoS output paramete rs for an interf ace: Router# show epc port-qos interface f9/0/3 out Output Port QoS Parameters: Current number of[...]
-
Page 802
24-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapt er 24 Configur ing Rate Limiting a nd Traf fic Shap ing Display ing the Config urations[...]
-
Page 803
C HAPTER 25-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 25 Configuring ATM Router Module Interfaces This chap ter de scribe s steps re quired to co nf igure th e A TM router m odule on the Cataly st 8540 MSR, Catalyst 851 0 M SR, an d LightS tream 1010 A TM switch router s, and th e enhanc ed A TM r outer m odule for th e Cata lyst [...]
-
Page 804
25-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Overvi ew of the ATM Rou ter Module Overview of the ATM Rou ter Module The A TM router module allo ws you to integ rate Layer 3 routin g and A TM switching within a single chass is. When you i nstall the A TM router mod ule, y ou [...]
-
Page 805
25-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Overview of the ATM Ro uter Modul e Figur e 25- 2 A TM Router M odule T raf fic Flow (Catalys t 8540 MSR) Catalys t 8540 MSR Enha nced A TM Rou ter Modu le Featu res The Ca talyst 854 0 MSR enha nced A TM router module offers the [...]
-
Page 806
25-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Overvi ew of the ATM Rou ter Module • IP frag mentation support. • IP 6-path loa d balanci ng support. • Supports OAM-based PVC mana gement. • Supports i ntegrated rout ing and bri dging (IRB ). • Supports LA NE clients [...]
-
Page 807
25-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Hardware and Software Restrictions of the ATM Router Mo dule The A TM router module has no external in terfaces. All traf fic is sent and recei ved through internal interf aces to the switching fabric. The Catalyst 8540 MSR e nhan[...]
-
Page 808
25-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Hardwa re and Softwar e Restrict ions of the A TM Router Mod ule Note The A T M router module is only supported on A TM switches which hav e multiservice A TM switch processor installed. Catalys t 8540 MSR Enha nced A TM Rou ter M[...]
-
Page 809
25-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Hardware and Software Restrictions of the ATM Router Mo dule Catalys t 8540 MSR ATM R outer Mo dule So ftware Re strictions The fo llowing soft ware restri ctions a pply t o the Cataly st 8540 M SR A TM rou ter mo dule: • Use ta[...]
-
Page 810
25-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Hardwa re and Softwar e Restrict ions of the A TM Router Mod ule Catalys t 8510 MSR ATM R outer Mo dule So ftware Re strictions The fo llowing sof tware rest rictio ns app ly to t he Cat alyst 85 10 M SR enh anced A TM router modu[...]
-
Page 811
25-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring ATM Router Module Interfaces • IP fragm entati on. • IP 6-path loa d balanci ng. Note The A TM router module is only supporte d on A TM switches which ha ve a multiservice A T M switch processor in stalled. Note Th[...]
-
Page 812
25-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing LECs on ATM Router M odule Int erfaces (C atalyst 85 40 MSR) Default ATM R outer Module Interface Configuration Without Autoconfiguration If ILM I is disable d or if the conne cting end node does not sup port IL MI, [...]
-
Page 813
25-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configur ing LECs on ATM Rou ter Module In terface s (Catalyst 8540 MSR) T o configure a LE C on an A TM router module inte rface, use the fol lowing comm ands , beginning in global configurati on mode: Exam ple The following exa[...]
-
Page 814
25-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing LECs on ATM Router M odule Int erfaces (C atalyst 85 40 MSR) LANE Routing Over ATM The fol lowing exampl e shows how to co nfigure LAN E routing over A TM using the A T M rout er modu le. Figure 25-3 shows an exampl [...]
-
Page 815
25-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configur ing LECs on ATM Rou ter Module In terface s (Catalyst 8540 MSR) LANE Routing from ATM to Ethernet The fo llowing example shows how to configure LAN E routin g from A T M to Ethern et using t he A TM router modu le. Figur[...]
-
Page 816
25-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing LECs on ATM Router M odule Int erfaces (C atalyst 85 40 MSR) LANE Bridging Between ATM and Ethernet The fo llowing example sh ow how to configure LAN E bridgi ng betwe en A TM an d Ethe rnet usi ng the A TM r outer m[...]
-
Page 817
25-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configur ing LECs on ATM Rou ter Module In terface s (Catalyst 8540 MSR) Route r 2 Et hern et Int erface Router2# configure terminal Router2(config)# interface ethernet 9/0/0 Router2(config-if)# bridge-group 1 Router2(config-if)#[...]
-
Page 818
25-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing Jumb o Frames Switch(config)# map-list net1011 Switch(config-map-list)# ip 2.0.0.2 atm-vc 101 Switch(config-map-list)# end Switch# Router 2 ATM In terface Router2# configure terminal Router2(config)# interface atm 3/[...]
-
Page 819
25-17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Confi guring Jum bo Frames Jumbo fra me s upport i s onl y available on the fo llowing enha nced A TM router m odul e and t he two- port enhanc ed Gigab it Ethe rnet mo dule s: • C8540-AR M2— enhanc ed A TM Router Module wit [...]
-
Page 820
25-18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing Multipro tocol Encapsul ation ove r ATM Configuring Multi protocol Encapsulat ion over ATM This sect ion describe s how to conf igure multiprotocol encapsulati on ov er A TM, a s defin ed in RFC 1483, on the A TM r o[...]
-
Page 821
25-19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Switch(config-subif)# ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.0 Switch(config-subif)# map-group net1011 Switch(config-subif)# atm pvc 2 1011 interface atm 3/0/0 0 1011 encap aal5snap Switc[...]
-
Page 822
25-20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configuring Classical IP over ATM i n a PVC Environment Switch(config-if)# ip address 20.1.1.2 255.255.255.0 Switch(config-if)# ipx network 2011 Switch(config-if)# end Switch# Note The VCI in the atm pvc command must matc h the a[...]
-
Page 823
25-21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring Classical IP over ATM in an SVC Environment Configuring Cl assical IP ove r ATM in an SVC Environmen t This se ction de scribe s how to configure classic al IP ove r A TM in an SVC environment on your A TM router modu[...]
-
Page 824
25-22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configuring Classical IP over AT M in an SVC Environ ment NSAP Address Example Figure 25-8 sho ws three A TM s witch ro uters and a rout er conn ected u sing cla ssical IP o v er A TM. Figur e 25 -8 Classic al IP o ver A TM Conne[...]
-
Page 825
25-23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring Classical IP over ATM in an SVC Environment Configur ing as an ATM ARP Serv er Cisco’ s implementa tion of th e A TM A RP server suppor ts a sing le, nonre dundant server per L IS, and one A TM ARP server p er subin[...]
-
Page 826
25-24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configuring Classical IP over AT M in an SVC Environ ment Displaying the IP-over -ATM Interface Confi guration T o show the IP-over-A TM in terfac e configur ation, use the foll owing EXEC com mands: Exam ples In th e fol lowing [...]
-
Page 827
25-25 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Config uring Br idging Configuring Brid ging All PVCs conf igured on A TM router module inte rfaces a re used for brid ging. T o configure b ridg ing on an A TM router modul e inte rface , use t he fol lowing comm ands, beginnin [...]
-
Page 828
25-26 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Conf igu rin g Br idgi ng Switch(config)# interface fastethernet 0/0/0 Switch(config-if)# no cdp enable Switch(config-if)# bridge-group 5 Switch(config-if)# end Switch(config)# bridge 5 protocol ieee Configurin g Packet F looding[...]
-
Page 829
25-27 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Config uring Br idging Note For mo re i nform ation about bridgi ng, refer to the La yer 3 S oftware Configuration Gui de . Displaying th e Bridgi ng Configuration T o display the b ridgin g configu ration o n th e A T M rou ter [...]
-
Page 830
25-28 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Con figur ing IP Mu ltic as t Configuring IP Multicast T o co nfigur e IP multicast o ver an RFC 1483 perma nent virtual connect ion (PVC) on an A TM router module , use the foll owing comman ds, beginnin g in global co nfigurati[...]
-
Page 831
25-29 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s About Rate Limiting Rate limiti ng can be a pplied to in di vidual inter face s. When an i nterfac e is conf igured wi th this f eature, the tr af fic rate wil l be monito red b y the Ethernet processor in terface micro code to v[...]
-
Page 832
25-30 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Conf igu ring V C Bu ndli ng Exam ple The following i s an example of h ow to configur e ra te lim itin g on y our swi tch r outer: Router# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z Router(con[...]
-
Page 833
25-31 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling T o co nfigur e the VC bundle , use the follo wing comm ands, be ginning in global conf iguration mode: VC Bu ndle Exam ples The VC b undle c onfigu ration, sho wn in Figur e 25- 10 , has eigh t PVCs bundl[...]
-
Page 834
25-32 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Conf igu ring V C Bu ndli ng Figur e 25 -1 0 V C Bundle Exampl e Configur ation The follo wing configura tion example also provi des for flexib le VC management within the VC b undle in the e vent of a PV C failur e, also re ferr[...]
-
Page 835
25-33 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling Continue with the ne xt section to conf irm the VC b undle conf iguration and status. Displaying th e VC Bu ndle Configuration T o display the VC bundle configurat ion an d status, use the following E XEC [...]
-
Page 836
25-34 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS In the follo wing example, th e show running-config command displa ys the configurat ion for the VC bundle: Switch# show running-config interface atm11/0/0.1 Building configuration...[...]
-
Page 837
25-35 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS Conf iguring IP to A TM Qo S and VC b undling on the enh anced A TM router module requires the ste ps in the follo wing secti ons: • “Configure Input IP Processin g” • “Config[...]
-
Page 838
25-36 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS Figur e 25 -1 1 V C Bundle Exampl e Configur ation with IP t o A TM QoS Configure Input IP Processing This sec tion descr ibes con figuring th e inp ut processi ng on G igabit Ethe rn[...]
-
Page 839
25-37 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS Configure the BA or MF Classifiers Classi f iers r ead an I P pa cket header and c an cl assify packets bas ed on th e IP s ource or d estinatio n address, TCP o r UDP source or dest in[...]
-
Page 840
25-38 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS Displaying the BA o r MF Classifier Configuration T o display th e MF or B A cl assifier configur ation on the A TM router m odule int erface , use the fo llowing pri v ile ged EXE C [...]
-
Page 841
25-39 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS Exam ple The fol lo wing ex ample ma ps the v oice pack ets sig naling p ackets to a policy map fro m the pre viously configured class may an d sets the IP pre ceden ce value. Switch1(c[...]
-
Page 842
25-40 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS Displaying the Input Map Policy T o display the in put map pol icy configuration on the A T M router module in terface, use the fo llowing pri v ile ged EXE C command: Configure Per-H[...]
-
Page 843
25-41 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS Displaying t he BA C lassifier C onfiguration T o display th e B A cla ssifie r conf igurati on on t he A TM router module interfa ce, use the follo wing pri v ile ged EXE C command: Ex[...]
-
Page 844
25-42 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS T o conf igure the b andwidth associ ated with each of the four c lasses, use th e follo wing command s, beginning in gl obal con figuration mo de: Exam ple The fol lo wing ex ample c[...]
-
Page 845
25-43 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS Displaying the Policy Ma p Configuration T o display the policy map configurati on, use the f ollowing privileged E XEC comman d: Exam ple In th e fo llowing example , th e show policy-[...]
-
Page 846
25-44 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS Displaying the Output Policy Interface Configuration T o di splay the polic y map conf ig uration on th e enhanced A TM router module inter face, use th e follo wing pri v ile ged EXE[...]
-
Page 847
25-45 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS Switch1# The fol lo wing comm and conf irm s that the connec tion traf fic tabl e ro ws were c reated as ne eded fo r the A TM c onnecti on bet ween Swit ch 1 a nd Switch 2: Switch1# sh[...]
-
Page 848
25-46 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS The fol lo wing e xampl e conf igures eight PVCs as members of a VC bund le name d Connectio n to Switc h2 . Switch(config)# interface atm 9/0/0.1 multipoint Switch(config-subif)# des[...]
-
Page 849
25-47 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS Calcula ting the S chedu ler Class We ights Scheduling is part of the per hop beha vior and the sch eduler is the mechani sm that ultimatel y provides the QoS guaran tees as it oper ate[...]
-
Page 850
25-48 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS Because the enha nced A TM router module must sc hedu le traffic received from both A TM VCs a nd Layer 3 (br oute) V Cs, one half of the bandw idth is reserved for A T M conne ctions[...]
-
Page 851
25-49 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS The “act i ve” sch eduler -classes concept is very imp ortant . A scheduler -class is said to be “a cti ve” if there is traf fic on that clas s. If there is no traf f ic on that[...]
-
Page 852
25-50 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS Also, noti ce that the weights s hown for the A TM co nnectio ns in Figure 25 -12 are one six teenth of the weights shown in T able 25-1 . For exam ple, in Figure 25-12 , the CBR outp[...]
-
Page 853
25-51 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS The following c omma nd verifies th e i nput pol icy on t he Gi gabit E therne t int erface : Switch1# show epc ipqos database interface GigabitEthernet 11/0/0 input Input IP QoS Manage[...]
-
Page 854
25-52 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS 3 255 WRR 128 3 TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TAIL 4 255 WRR 255 4 TRUE FALSE TRUE FALSE TAIL (IPC) Switch1# Also “show epc ipqos database int a9/0/0 output” can be used The following c om[...]
-
Page 855
25-53 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS no logging buffered enable password lab ! username all spd headroom 1024 facility-alarm core-temperature major 60 facility-alarm core-temperature minor 50 redundancy main-cpu sync dynam[...]
-
Page 856
25-54 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS random-detect buffer-group 0 max-probability 100 freeze-time 15 ! ! atm hierarchical-tunnel atm connection-traffic-table-row index 101 vbr-nrt pcr 81 scr0 81 mbs 0 atm connection-traf[...]
-
Page 857
25-55 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS no ip address ! interface ATM0 no ip address logging event subif-link-status ! interface Ethernet0 ip address 9.8.6.3 255.255.0.0 ! interface ATM9/0/0 description ARM2 at PH no ip addre[...]
-
Page 858
25-56 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS ! interface GigabitEthernet11/0/1 no ip address ! router eigrp 100 network 1.0.0.0 network 3.0.0.0 network 6.0.0.0 network 8.0.0.0 network 11.0.0.0 network 33.0.0.0 network 34.0.0.0 n[...]
-
Page 859
25-57 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS ! ip subnet-zero ! !! no voice hpi capture buffer no voice hpi capture destination ! ! ! interface FastEthernet0/0 description Connection to PH XPIF thru bridge ip address 50.0.0.2 255.[...]
-
Page 860
25-58 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS no service pad service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log uptime no service password-encryption ! hostname Switch2 ! boot config bootflash:cleanconfig boot bootldr bootfla[...]
-
Page 861
25-59 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS random-detect buffer-group 3 max-probability 100 freeze-time 15 class video bandwidth 175000 random-detect buffer-group 2 max-probability 100 freeze-time 15 class hipri bandwidth 100000[...]
-
Page 862
25-60 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS ! interface ATM0/1/1 no ip address ! interface ATM0/1/2 no ip address ! interface ATM0/1/3 no ip address ! interface ATM0 no ip address logging event subif-link-status ! interface Eth[...]
-
Page 863
25-61 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 5 Configur ing ATM Rou ter Modu le Interface s Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS ! interface ATM9/0/1.3 multipoint ip address 33.0.0.2 255.0.0.0 atm pvc 2 4000 pd on encap aal5snap inarp 1 interface ATM0/0/0.11 11 4000 ! interface GigabitEthernet11/0/0 description X[...]
-
Page 864
25-62 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapte r 25 Configuri ng ATM Rout er Modu le Interf aces Configur ing VC Bundling with IP and AT M QoS bridge 1 route ip ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 history size 100 line vty 0 4 exec-timeout 0 0 password lab login length 0 ! end Switch2#[...]
-
Page 865
C HAPTER 26-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 26 Managing Config uration Files, System Images, and Functional Images This chapter descr ibes some fundamental tasks you perform to mainta in the conf iguration f iles, system images , an d hardware func tional images used by y our A TM switc h route r. Note This chapter prov [...]
-
Page 866
26-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 26 Managing Configuration Files, System Images, and Functional Images Unders tanding the Cisco IOS File Syst em T o configure a static IP rout e, perfor m the following ste ps, beginning in global configurat ion mode : Exam ple The fo llowing example shows how to configure an IP[...]
-
Page 867
26-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 6 Manag ing Config uration Fil es, System I mages, and Funct ional Imag es Maintaining System Images and Configuration Files File Systems and Memory D evices File systems on the A T M switch router include r ead- only m emory ( RAM, o r sy stem), Flash memor y (such as bootfla[...]
-
Page 868
26-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 26 Managing Configuration Files, System Images, and Functional Images Mainta ining Sys tem Im ages and Con figurati on Files For detailed instructions on perf orming these tasks, refe r to the Configuration Fun damental s Config uration Guid e . Modifying, D ownloadin g, and Mai[...]
-
Page 869
26-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 6 Manag ing Config uration Fil es, System I mages, and Funct ional Imag es Maintaining Functional Image s (Catalyst 8540 MS R) • Enter R OM monitor mode or manually lo ad a system image f rom R OM monitor if a v alid syst em image is not found or if th e configurat ion file [...]
-
Page 870
26-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 26 Managing Configuration Files, System Images, and Functional Images Mainta ining Fun ctional Image s (Cat alyst 854 0 MSR) T o d own load a fun ctiona l image from a Flash me mory d ev ice to a ha rdwar e contr oller , use the fol lo wing comm and in privileged EXEC mode: The [...]
-
Page 871
26-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 6 Manag ing Config uration Fil es, System I mages, and Funct ional Imag es Maintaining Functional Images (Catalyst 8510 MSR and Light Stream 1010) All rights reserved. generated by: holliday on: Mon Mar 6 13:59:17 PST 2000 using: /vob/cougar/bin/jtag_script Version 1.13 config[...]
-
Page 872
26-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 26 Managing Configuration Files, System Images, and Functional Images Mainta ining Fun ctional Image s (Cat alyst 851 0 MSR and Lig htStream 10 10) Loading F unctional Imag es (Catal yst 8510 MSR and Li ghtStream 1 010) Y ou load a funct ional i mage in two st eps: Step 1 Copy t[...]
-
Page 873
26-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 2 6 Manag ing Config uration Fil es, System I mages, and Funct ional Imag es Maintaining Functional Images (Catalyst 8510 MSR and Light Stream 1010) Displaying the Functional Image In formation (Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010) T o display the f unctional image v ersion i[...]
-
Page 874
26-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Chapter 26 Managing Configuration Files, System Images, and Functional Images Mainta ining Fun ctional Image s (Cat alyst 851 0 MSR and Lig htStream 10 10)[...]
-
Page 875
A- 1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 APPEND IX A PNNI Migration Examples This a ppend ix provide s exampl es of how to mi grate a flat network topology to a Priv ate Network-N etwork I nterfac e (PNN I) hie rarchic al ne twork t opology , and inclu des th e fol lowing secti ons: • Adding a Hi gher Lev el o f PNN I Hi era[...]
-
Page 876
A- 2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Appendix Adding a Hi gher Level of PN NI Hierarch y Y ou ca n convert the net work to a singl e hiera rchic al PN NI routi ng do main by c onfiguring a seco nd level of hierar chy in ea ch peer gro up and con verting th e IISP interf ace to a PNNI interf ace, as sho wn in Figure A-2 . F[...]
-
Page 877
A-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Append ix Addin g a Higher Level of PNNI Hi erarchy T o displa y the reachability info rmation, use the sho w atm route comm and. NewYork.BldB.T2# show atm route Codes: P - installing Protocol (S - Static, P - PNNI, R - Routing control), T - Type (I - Internal prefix, E - Exterior prefix[...]
-
Page 878
A- 4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Appendix Adding a Hi gher Level of PN NI Hierarch y Switch T4 Initial Configuration The initial conf iguration for switch SanFran.BldA.T4 follo ws: hostname SanFran.BldA.T4 atm address 47.0091.4455.6677.2233.1011.1266.0060.3e7b.2001.00 atm router pnni node 1 level 72 lowest redistribute[...]
-
Page 879
A-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Append ix Addin g a Higher Level of PNNI Hi erarchy SanFran.BldA.T4# configure terminal SanFran.BldA.T4(config)# atm router pnni SanFran.BldA.T4(config-atm-router)# node 2 level 56 SanFran.BldA.T4(config-pnni-node)# name SanFran SanFran.BldA.T4(config-pnni-node)# exit SanFran.BldA.T4(con[...]
-
Page 880
A- 6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Appendix Adding a Hi gher Level of PN NI Hierarch y Level 56 ancestor information: Parent LGN..: 2 LGN Name: SanFran LGN’s ID....: 56:72:47.009144556677223300000000.00603E7B2001.00 LGN’s Addr..: 47.009144556677223310111266.00603E7B2001.02 LGN’s PG ID.: 56:47.0091.4455.6677.0000.00[...]
-
Page 881
A-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Append ix Addi ng a Ne w Lo we st Le ve l of P NN I Hi era rch y The follo wing e xample sho w s how to delet e the old static route from switch T4: SanFran.BldA.T4# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. SanFran.BldA.T4(config)# no atm route 47.0[...]
-
Page 882
A- 8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Appendix Adding a New Lo west Le vel of PNN I Hierarch y Y ou can con vert the netwo rk into a two-le vel hierarchi cal PNNI netwo rk by bringing each lo west le vel node do wn to le vel 72 and splitting the networ k into tw o peer groups. A t the same time, you can ad d a second level [...]
-
Page 883
A-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Append ix Addi ng a Ne w Lo we st Le ve l of P NN I Hi era rch y Switch T1 Initial Configuration The initial conf iguration for switch Ne wY ork BldB.T1 foll ows: hostname NewYork.BldB.T1 atm address 47.0091.4455.6677.1144.1011.1233.0060.3e7b.3a01.00 atm router pnni node 1 level 56 lowes[...]
-
Page 884
A-10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Appendix Adding a New Lo west Le vel of PNN I Hierarch y Switch T4 Initial Configuration The initial conf iguration for switch SanFran.BldA.T4 follo ws: hostname SanFran.BldA.T4 atm address 47.0091.4455.6677.2233.1011.1266.0060.3e7b.2001.00 atm router pnni node 1 level 56 lowest redistr[...]
-
Page 885
A-11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Append ix Addi ng a Ne w Lo we st Le ve l of P NN I Hi era rch y Figur e A -5 Moving a S witc h Do wn in the PN NI Hier arc hy Although A TM switch router SanFran. BldA.T5 and N ewY ork.BldB.T3 are n ot runn ing any PG Ls or LGNs in thi s exampl e, the se A TM switch r outers must be ca[...]
-
Page 886
A-12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Appendix Adding a New Lo west Le vel of PNN I Hierarch y Moving Switch SanFr an.BldA.T5 Do wn into an Existing Pe er Group After y ou move t he first A TM switch rout er down to form a new peer grou p, yo u ca n move the remai ning A TM swit ch route rs down into the peer group one by o[...]
-
Page 887
A-13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Append ix Addi ng a Ne w Lo we st Le ve l of P NN I Hi era rch y SanFran.BldA.T5# show atm pnni hierarchy Locally configured parent nodes: Node Parent Index Level Index Local-node Status Node Name ~~~~~ ~~~~~ ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 1 72 2 Enabled/ Running San[...]
-
Page 888
A-14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Appendix Adding a New Lo west Le vel of PNN I Hierarch y The following exam ples sh ow how to verify the c onfiguration : SanFran.BldA.T4# show atm pnni summary Codes: Node - Node index advertising this summary Type - Summary type (INT - internal, EXT - exterior) Sup - Suppressed flag ([...]
-
Page 889
A-15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Append ix Addi ng a Ne w Lo we st Le ve l of P NN I Hi era rch y The fo llowing exampl e shows how to move switc h NewY ork. BldB.T1 down i nto a new peer gro up: NewYork.BldB.T1# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. NewYork.BldB.T1(config)# at[...]
-
Page 890
A-16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Appendix Adding a New Lo west Le vel of PNN I Hierarch y Lowest Level (72) information: Node No.....: 1 Node Name: NewYork.BldB.T2 Node’s ID...: 72:160:47.009144556677114410111244.00603E5BBC01.00 Node’s Addr.: 47.009144556677114410111244.00603E5BBC01.01 Node’s PG ID: 72:47.0091.44[...]
-
Page 891
B-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 APPEND IX B Acronyms The acrony ms in this appendix apply to the Catalyst 8540 MSR, Cataly st 8510 MSR, and Light Stream 1 010. Ta b l e B - 1 lists the acrony ms used in this publication, alon g with their expansio ns. Ta b l e B - 1 L i s t o f A c r o n y m s Acronym Definition AAA au[...]
-
Page 892
B-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Appendix CD V cell delay varia tion CD VT ce ll delay v ariation toler ance CE1 cha nnelize d E1 CES circuit em ulation servic es CES-IWF circuit em ulation se rvices interw orking f unction CHAP Challenge Han dshake Au thenticatio n Protocol CIR committed inform ation rate Cisco IFS Cis[...]
-
Page 893
B-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Append ix ICD Internation al Cod e Designat or ICMP Internatio nal Control Message Protocol ICP IM A Cont rol Pro tocol ID identif ier IE information ele ment IISP Interim Interswitch Si gnaling Proto col ILMI I nteg rated Lo cal Manage ment I nterf ace IMA in verse multi plexing o ver A[...]
-
Page 894
B-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Appendix NVRAM non v olatil e random- access m emory O AM operati on, admi nistrat ion, and mana gement OC optical carr ier OSF oversubscription factor OSPF Open Shortest Path First O VC outpu t vi rtual circuit P AP Pa ssw ord Auth enti catio n Pr otoc ol PCR peak cell rate PD packet di[...]
-
Page 895
B-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Append ix RS rate sc heduler SCR sustainable cell ra te SDH Sy nchronou s Digit al Hierar chy SGCP Si mple Gateway Control Protocol SIN shi ps in the nigh t SN AP Subnetw ork Access Protocol SNMP Simple Network Ma nagement Protocol SONET Synchronous Optic al Net work SR TS synch ronous r[...]
-
Page 896
B-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Appendix VPI virtual pat h identif ier VPN vir tual private network VRF virtual rout ing and fo rw ardi ng WK well-kno wn WRR w eigh ted r ound-r obin T able B-1 List of A cr on y ms (contin ued) Acronym Definition[...]
-
Page 897
IN-1 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 INDEX Symbols # [for pound si gn], in a prom pt 2-6 * [for aste risk], as w ildcard 14-4 > [for angl e bracke t], in a prom pt 2-5 … [for ellipsis], as wildcard 14-4 Numerics 1483 PVCs , configu ring on ATM rout er module interfac es 25-15 155 Mbp s config uring 18-4 to 18-5 defaul[...]
-
Page 898
Index IN-2 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 config uring , exam ple 3-22 overvi ew 3-19 acces s lists. See IP access lis ts accou nting. See A TM acco unting accoun ting f ile con figura tion m ode. Se e ATM accou nting file conf iguration mo de accoun ting sele ction conf igurat ion mode . See ATM accoun ting select ion co[...]
-
Page 899
Inde x IN-3 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 wildcards in LANE te mplates 14-4 ATM addr ess gr oups config uring 10-8, 11-7 exam ple 10-8, 11-7 ATM addr essing BOOTP serv er 3-4 ILMI 3-5 See al so ATM addres ses ATM addr ess pref ixes as ping destina tions 8-6 longest ma tch reach able 11-34 summary 11-13 atm a ddress-re gi[...]
-
Page 900
Index IN-4 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 tag s witc hi ng 16-1 to 16-18 atm l ecs- add ress comm an d Ether net LAN E client s 14-14 ILMI L ECS addr esses 10-3 atm lecs-addr ess-default command 14-7 atm l ink-di stan ce co mmand 9-26 atm m anua l-well -known- vc c omman d 7-75 atm ma xvci -bits comman d 18-3 atm ma xvpi [...]
-
Page 901
Inde x IN-5 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 configur ing LANE client s, examples 25-11 to 25-16 config uring M PLS pr ocessin g 16-29 config uring tag s witchi ng 16-31 IP multica st 25-28 LANE cl ient 25-11 overvi ew 25-2 restric tions, ha rdware and softw are 25-5 RFC 1483 25-18 to 25-20 routin g and b ridgin g func tion[...]
-
Page 902
Index IN-6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 auto -sum mary co mmand PNNI summary a ddresses 11-13 using (n ote) 11-13 available bit rate. See ABR B backgro und-ro ute s-enabl e comm and 11-29 bert p attern comm and 21-4 best-effo rt con necti ons configuring limits 9-27 displaying c onfigur ation 9-28 BOOTP serv ers config [...]
-
Page 903
Inde x IN-7 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 T3/T1 tim e slot mapping (figure ) 20-2 cdv com mand , ces ci rcuit 19-6, 19-66, 19-70 CDVT config uring ATM defa ult 9-31 displaying conf igurati on 9-31 CE1 Fram e Re lay cont roller s chan ging defa ult yel low ala rms , exam ple 20-8 displaying conf igurat ion, exa mple 20-9 [...]
-
Page 904
Index IN-8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 CES point-to -multipoint so ft PVC connec tions 19-67, 19-71 ces p vc co mmand CES T1/E1 interf aces 19-5 hard PVC , exam ple 19-12 hard PVC with a shaped VP tun nel, exam ple 19-27 soft PV C, ex ample 19-17 CES SVC structur ed (f igure) 19-49 unstruc tured (fig ure) 19-44 ces s v[...]
-
Page 905
Inde x IN-9 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 transmit cl ocking source 3-12 cloc k sour ce com mand, ce s dsx1 19-5 cloc k s ynchr onou s c ommand , ce s aal 1 19-15, 19-45 closed user group s. See CUGs colle ction-m odes comm and 15-7 comm and, c es aal1 clock 19-4 comm and, c es aal1 clock a dapt ive 19-12 comm and, ces a[...]
-
Page 906
Index IN- 10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 testing 3-32 testing NVRAM 3-33 conf igure co mmand enter ing com mand mode 2-6 config uring ATM addr esses 3-5 BOOTP serv er 3-4 ESHA 5-11 Ether net co nnectio ns 3-7 to 3-9 IP addre ss 3-7 to 3-9 IP QoS 22-11, 22-17 netw ork cloc king 3-10 to 3-18 network ro uting 3-18 prerequ[...]
-
Page 907
Inde x IN- 11 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 crypto key comm and 4-20 CTT config uring 9-10 configur ing for Frame Relay to ATM interworking 20-21 displaying conf igurati on 9-12 Frame Relay to ATM interworking (ta ble) 20-21 manageme nt 9-2 row allocat ions and defaul ts 9-11 tag s witc hi ng 16-18 cttr co mmand point-t [...]
-
Page 908
Index IN- 12 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 config uring sy nchro nizati on, exa mple 5-8 synchroniz ing 5-7 E E.164 addresses 17-4 to 17-11 autoc onvers ion fe atur e 17-5 gateway f eatur e 17-5 one-to-one translation table 17-5, 17-9 static routes 17-6 e164 ad dress comm and 17-10 E1 ATM inte rfaces config uring 18-15 d[...]
-
Page 909
Inde x IN- 13 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 soft PVC, displayi ng 7-32 soft PV C, ex ample 7-31 exten ded MPLS ATM port 16-23 exten ded TA CAC S descript ion 4-14 See also TACACS F F4 flows reportin g unavai lable or not gua ranteed paths 8-1 F5 flows reportin g degrade d VC perfor mance 8-1 failed -attempts command 15-7[...]
-
Page 910
Index IN- 14 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 fram e-rel ay lmi -n392 dce comm and 20-17 frame- rel ay lmi -n392dt e co mmand 20-17 fram e-rel ay lmi -n393 dce comm and 20-17 frame- rel ay lmi -n393dt e co mmand 20-17 frame-rela y lmi-type comman d 20-15 frame- rel ay outp ut-q ueue c omman d 20-22 frame- rel ay ov erboo ki[...]
-
Page 911
Inde x IN- 15 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 structured servic es with shaped VP tunnel 19-23 t o 19-27 unstruc tured ser vices 19-10 to 19-12 descript ion 19-7 verify ing for s truct ured serv ices 19-22 for un structur ed se rvice s 19-13 structu red services with a shaped VP tunnel 19-27 hard PVPs config uring 7-17 to [...]
-
Page 912
Index IN- 16 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 confirmin g interf ace deletio n, example 21-11 crea ting 21-6 t o 21-7 deleting 21-11 to 21-12 deleting interface s 21-10 displaying c onfigur ation, example 21-9 grou ping exampl e (fi gure) 21-2 ima test com mand 21-18 incomi ng-port atm command 17-12 inform ation elemen ts. [...]
-
Page 913
Inde x IN- 17 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 inverse multiplexin g over AT M. See I MA IOS file system 26-2 ip acce ss-gro up co mmand 12-11 IP acce ss li sts config urati on, exa mple s 12-12 to 12-13 config uring 12-9 to 12-14 descript ion 12-9 implicit m asks 12-10 logging v iolat ions 12-10 styles 12-9 undef ined 12-1[...]
-
Page 914
Index IN- 18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 J jumbo fr ame conf igurati on 25-17 jumbo f rames, confi gurati on 25-16 to 25-17 jumbo fram es, definition 25-16 jumbo fr ames, di splay 25-17 K keepa live comman d 20-16 keepalive int erval 20-16 L label b indings, MPLS descript ion 16-25 Label D istribu tion Pr otocol. See L[...]
-
Page 915
Inde x IN- 19 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 LAN emula tion clien ts. See LECs LAN em ulation conf igurati on serve rs. See LEC Ss LAN emula tion serv ers. See LESs lane ser ver- bus eth erne t comm and 14-12 Layer 3 ATM rout er mod ules 25-9 to 25-28 featu res su pport 1-10 lbo comm and DS3/E3 inter faces 18-14 T1/E 1 AT[...]
-
Page 916
Index IN- 20 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 login au thenti cation co mmand 4-5 loopbac k comm and 21-5 loopbac k comman d, ces dsx1 19-5 loopbac k inte rfaces OAM 8-4 tag s witc hi ng 16-3 to 16-4 LSC MPLS te rminol ogy ( table) 16-23 LSP MPLS te rminol ogy ( table) 16-23 LSR 16-23 descript ion 16-24 MPLS te rminol ogy ([...]
-
Page 917
Inde x IN- 21 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 MIB variabl es SNMP support 15-20 min-ag e comm and 15-7 mobile PNN I config uring modem s upport 4-1 to 4-2 modes. See command mo des monito ring. See managi ng and mon itori ng MPLS config urat ion exam ple 16-30 config uring 16-30 documenta tion (table) 16-22 exampl e net wo[...]
-
Page 918
Index IN- 22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 network ma nageme nt appl ications 1-9 network ma nageme nt interfa ce descript ion 9-2 network mo nitoring CiscoView 2-17 to 2-20 network ro uting, configurin g 3-18 Networ k Time Pr otocol. See NTP Network- to-Netwo rk Inter face. See NNI next-n ode com mand 11-36 NNI 12-bit V[...]
-
Page 919
Inde x IN- 23 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 config uring 9-21 to 9-22 displaying conf igurati on 9-22 output po licy IP QoS 22-12 output queue maxi mum si ze displaying conf igurati on 9-18 out put vi rtua l circui ts. S ee OVCs OVCs config uring 9-24 descript ion 9-24 See also service classes overbook ing. See int erfac[...]
-
Page 920
Index IN- 24 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 peer g roup i denti fier 11-16 PGLs 11-16 to 11-24 protoc ol par ameters 11-49 to 11-52 route select ion 11-29 to 11-39, 11-54 to 11-57 scop e mapp ing 11-14 to 11-16 static routes 3-18, 11-6, 11-11 to 11-12 summary addr esses 11-13 to 11-14, 11-22 to 11-24 topolo gy exam ple (f[...]
-
Page 921
Inde x IN- 25 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 privi lege comm and 4-9 privile ged EXE C mode descript ion 2-6 security level 2-1 table 2-2 See a lso E XEC comm and mo de pr ompt s angle brac ket in 2-5 pound sign in 2-6 rommon> (note ) 3-4 system 2-2, 2-5 prote ct command VC bund ling 25-31 VC bund ling w ith IP/ATM QoS[...]
-
Page 922
Index IN- 26 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 interfac e-level mapping 22-5 IP p recede nce 22-3 queuing b asis 22-3 qos mappin g preceden ce command 22-4 quality of servic e. See QoS R RADIUS authenti cation 4-17 author izat ion 4-17 config uring 4-16 to 4-19 servers 4-17 to 4-19 radius- serve r dead time co mman d 4-19 ra[...]
-
Page 923
Inde x IN- 27 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 frami ng overh ead 9-41 fu nctio ns 1-7, 9-2 hardwa re fea tures 9-2 to 9-4 interface overbook ing 9-37 OSF 9-6 output pa cing 9-21 overvi ew 9-1 QoS 9-5 service classes 9-24 service classes overbooking 9-39 thr esh old gr oups 9-14 traf fic cont rol pa ramet ers 9-10 RMON alar[...]
-
Page 924
Index IN- 28 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 segment loopbac ks effec t of pi ng c ommand on un en abled (note) 8-6 enab ling , exam ple 8-3 ping of neigh bor swi tch wi th 8-6 segment-tar get comman d 11-36 selection tab le 15-5 to 15-6 seria l interf aces. See Fram e Relay s erial inter faces servi ce ca tegor ies config[...]
-
Page 925
Inde x IN- 29 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 12-bit VPI NNI conf iguration 6-6 autoc onfigura tion 6-2 E.164 a ddre sses 17-7 hierar chical VP tunn el configurat ion 7-85 IISP conf iguration 6-8 NNI interfa ce configura tion 6-4 service c ategory policin g 9-36 UNI interfa ce configura tion 6-3 VP tunn el config urat ion [...]
-
Page 926
Index IN- 30 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 PVCs 7-87 soft PVC conf igurat ion 7-22 soft PVC explicit paths 7-32 troubles hooting interface configuration 18-17 VCCs 7-4, 7-7, 7-13 show a tm v c interf ace atm comma nd 7-10, 7-15 CES point-to -multipoint so ft PVC connec tions 7-71, 19-72, 19-77 point-t o-multi point soft [...]
-
Page 927
Inde x IN- 31 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 show netwo rk-clo cks comm and 3-12 show pol icy-map inte rface comma nd 22-22 show p refe rred-s witch-ca rd-sl ots co mmand 5-12 show p rivi lege co mmand 4-9 show processes command 4-23 show protoc ols command 4-23 show qos mapp ing comma nd 22-6 show qos switchin g command [...]
-
Page 928
Index IN- 32 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 connec tions 7-19 exam ple 7-21 explicit paths 7 -31 to 7-33 point-t o-multi point 7-63 to 7-73 priority 7-34 redunda nt desti nations 7-55 to 7-63 route op timization 7-29 structu red services 19-28 to 19-32 structu red services with CA S 19-34 to 19-36 structur ed servi ces w [...]
-
Page 929
Inde x IN- 33 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 E.164 a ddre sses 17-6 PNNI 11-6, 11-11 statistics c ommand 11-52 statu s comman d 17-13 structu red command , ces aal1 serv ice 19-12 structu red services config uring CES SVCs 19-48 t o 19-52 hard PVCs 19-19 t o 19-21 hard P VCs, with sh aped VP t unne l 19-23 to 19-27 netw o[...]
-
Page 930
Index IN- 34 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 modem s upport 4-1 to 4-2 NTP 4-10 passwords 4-4 PPP 4-16 privi lege level ac cess 4-9 scheduler attr ibutes 4-6 SNMP 4-7 TACACS 4-14 TACACS+ 4-15 terminal lines 4-1 to 4-2 system prompts 2-2, 2-5 system redun dancy config uring 5-1 to 5-10 EHSA 5-11 to 5-13 system requiremen ts[...]
-
Page 931
Inde x IN- 35 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 descript ion 11-57 TDP contro l ch annel s 16-8 to 16-9 descript ion 16-23, 16-25 identifie rs 16-3 troublesh ooting se ssions 16-9 TDP co ntrol ch an nels betwee n sour ce and desti nation s witc hes (figur e) 16-8 config urat ion exam ple 16-8 config uring 16-8 to 16-9 displa[...]
-
Page 932
Index IN- 36 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 Ether net co nnectio ns 3-29 interfac e config uration 18-17 LANE comp onents 14-16 TDP sessions 16-9 VCs 3-31 See also te sting TSCAM s config uring 23-4 to 23-6 overvi ew 23-1 to 23-3 restric tions, ha rdware and softw are 23-3 TSR. See tag switching router . TVCs CAC 16-18 cr[...]
-
Page 933
Inde x IN- 37 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 VC bund ling configuratio n 25-30 to 25-34 config urati on comm ands 25-31, 25-38 display 25-33 exam ples 25-32 overvi ew 25-30 VC bund ling w ith IP/ATM QoS config urati on comm ands 25-37, 25-39, 25-40, 25-42, 25-43, 25-45 displaying BA classifiers configuration 25-41 display[...]
-
Page 934
Index IN- 38 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL-7396-01 deleting 7-88 displaying c onfigur ation 7-81, 16-11, 16-12 public n etwor k (fig ure) 7-79 signalling V PCI 7-87 W weighted ro und-ro bin. See WRR 22-4 well-know n VCs 7-74 wildcards in LANE address t emplates 14-4 WRR con figu rin g outp ut sc hedu ling 9-25 conf igurin g prec[...]